JW30H User's Manual Hardware version 2.3

Version 2.3

Produced in Nov. 2000

R

SS

Sharp Programmable Controller

Model name

New Satellite

JW30H

User's Manual-Hardware version

We thank you for your purchase of the SHARP programmable controller JW30H.

This booklet (user's manual, hardware version) explains mainly the JW30H's hardware; the system configuration, specifications, installation method etc.

Carefully read this user's manual, hardware version and the JW30H instruction manual attached to the system module of JW30H so that you are able to operate JW30H properly, having thoroughly familiarized yourself with the functions of the system module and their operation method.

Keep this user's manual, hardware version with you together with the JW30H instructions manual.

We are confident that these booklets will be helpful whenever you face problem.

Please refer to the programming manual ladder instruction version.

Note

• This module is made in accordance with Japanese domestic specifications. Its guarantee clauses are described in a separate guarantee card (packed together with the module).

When this module is used outside Japan, these guarantee clauses are not applicable. In addition, the guarantee should be understood as a guarantee of the delivered product as a single unit and every other damages or losses due to damage or malfunction of the product will not be included in this guarantee.

• Should you have any questions and inquiries, please feel free to contact our dealers.

• The whole or partial photocopy of this booklet is prohibited.

• Contents of this booklet may be revised for improvement without notice.

Safety precautions

Read this manual and attached documents carefully before installation, operation, maintenance and checking in order to use the machine correctly. Understand all of the machine knowledge, safety information, and cautions before starting to use. In this instruction manual, safety precautions are ranked into "danger" and "caution" as follows.

Danger : Wrong handling may possibly lead to death or heavy injury.

Caution : Wrong handling may possibly lead to medium or light injury.

The picture signs of Prohibit and Compel are explained below.

: It means don’ts. For example, prohibition of disassembly is indicated as (

Even in the case of Caution , a serious result may be experienced depending on the circumstances. Anyway, important points are mentioned. Be sure to observe them strictly.

: It means a must. For example, obligation of grounding is indicated as ( ).

).

1) Installation

Caution

• Use in the environments specified in the catalog and instruction manual.

Electric shock, fire or malfunction may be caused when used in the environments of high temperature, high humidity, dusty or corrosive atmosphere, vibration or impact.

• Install according to the manual.

Wrong installation may cause drop, trouble or malfunction.

• Never admit wire chips or foreign matter

Or fire, trouble or malfunction may be caused.

2) Wiring

Compel

• Be sure to ground.

Unless grounded, electric shock or malfunction may be caused.

Caution

• Connect the rated power source.

Connection of a wrong power source may cause a fire.

• Wiring should be done by qualified electrician.

Wrong wiring may lead to fire, trouble or electric shock.

3) Use

Danger

• Don’t touch the terminal while the power is being supplied or you may have on electric shock.

• Assemble the emergency stop circuit and interlock circuit outside of the programmable controller. Otherwise breakdown or accident damage of the machine may be caused by the trouble of the programmable controller.

Caution

• "Run" or "stop" during operation should be done with particular care by confirming safety.

Misoperation may lead to damage or accident of the machine.

• Turn ON the power source in the specified sequence. Turn ON with wrong sequence may lead to machine breakdown or accident.

4) Maintenance

Danger

• Never connect battery in wrong polarity, or charge, disassemble, heat, throw into fire, or short-circuit. Or it may be broken or ignited.

• Do not subject the battery to impact of any kind. Do not pull on the lead wires of the battery, or liquid leakage accident may occur.

Prohibit

• Don’t disassemble or modify the modules.

Or fire, breakdown or malfunction may be caused.

Caution

• Turn OFF the power source before detaching or attaching the module.

Or electric shock, malfunction or breakdown may be caused.

• Replace with the fuses in specified ratings only.

Or electric shock, malfunction may be caused.

Table of contents

Chapter 1 Overview · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1-1 to 2

Chapter 2 Safety precautions · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2-1 to 7

Chapter 3 System configuration · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3-1 to 19

3-1 Basic system configuration 3-1

3-2 System configuration using communication 3-8

3-3 System design procedure 3-17

3-4 Cautions on system design 3-18

Chapter 4 Name and function of each part · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 4-1 to 17

4-1 Control module 4-1

4-2 Power supply module 4-3

4-3 Input/output module 4-6

4-4 Basic/expansion rack panel 4-9

4-5 I/O bus expansion adapter 4-15

Chapter 5 Installation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5-1 to 9

5-1 Precautions in installation 5-1

5-2 Installation of basic/expansion rack panel 5-2

5-3 Installation of power supply module 5-5

5-4 Installation of control module 5-6

5-5 Installation of I/O / special I/O / I/O link/option module 5-7

5-6 Installation of I/O bus expansion adapter 5-9

Chapter 6 Wiring · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 6-1 to 17

6-1 Precaution for wiring 6-1

6-2 Wiring for power supply module 6-9

6-3 Wiring for I/O module 6-12

6-4 Wiring for basic/expansion rack panel 6-14

Chapter 7 Diretions for use · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 7-1 to 46

7-1 Current consumption of module 7-1

7-2 Allocation of the relay No.

7-4

7-3 Data memory for special I/O, I/O link, and option module 7-9

7-4 Precaution for operating I/O module 7-12

7-5 Communication port (JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3) 7-24

7-6 ROM operation 7-46

Chapter 8 Trial run · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 8-1 to 3

8-1 Check points prior to trial run 8-1

8-2 Operation method for trial run 8-2

Chapter 9 Maintenance and check · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 9-1 to 11

9-1 Periodical check 9-1

9-2 Exchange method of batteries 9-3

9-3 Self-diagnosis function 9-4

9-4 Troubleshooting 9-7

Chapter 10 Support tool · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 10-1 to 2

10-1 Kinds of support tool 10-1

10-2 Directions of use support tool 10-2

Chapter 11 Specifications · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 11-1 to 32

11-1 General specifications 11-1

11-2 System specifications 11-2

11-3 Performance specifications 11-3

11-4 Specifications of I/O module 11-8

11-5 Specifications of power supply module 11-26

11-6 Specifications of I/O bus expansion adapter 11-28

11-7 Specifications of basic rack panel 11-28

11-8 Specifications of expansion rack panel 11-28

11-9 Outline dimension drawings 11-29

11-10 Accessories 11-32

Appendix · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · A-1 to 3

Allocation of the relay No. for the 64 points I/O module.

Chapter 1. Overview

Programmable controller new satellite JW30H has realized the fastest basic instruction processing speed in the world in spite of the medium class, by employing the RISC type CPU, and features the following benefits.

Features

1. Fastest processing speed of basic instruction in the world (38 nanoseconds /instruction) is realized.

By employing the RISC type CPU, even a program of 10K-words (basic instruction only) can be operated in about 1 millisecond. As a result, the processing precision is enhanced by the improvement of repeatability, aside from increase of line speed.

2. High-speed data exchange with an option module

To meet the needs for high speed processing speed, the data exchange speed between a control module and an option module is 5 times faster than conventional modules.

3. High-speed serial port: 115.2 K-bits/sec.

Data transfer time to/from a personal computer or a support tool has been reduced dramatically.

4. A large-capacity memory capable of coping with increase of information processing quantity is mounted.

A memory of 63K-words of program memory, 30,000 relay points, and 25K-bytes of register (includes file 1) is prepared, and in addition, a register file of 1984K bytes can be also used. (When using JW-

33CUH3)

5. Up to 8 racks and total cable length of 50 m

By using an I/O bus expansion adapter, up to 8 racks can be installed, with a total cable length of 50 meters, so that it enables real-time remote I/O fast operation without time lag. In addition, an I/O bus expansion adapter on the expansion rack panel allows a connection to a programmer, so it enables programming and monitoring on the machine side.

6. Design efficiency of program is notably improved.

Instead of the conventional program which was only a sheet of roll paper, the structural program function for dividing into functions is provided, and block module control (page control) is realized.

Also provided is a library function, in which a created program is saved as library and can be reused.

7. Abundant module of JW20H can be used.

Inheriting the compatibility with the previous models, it is possible to cope with modification demands of the existing equipment such as increase of speed and productivity, only by exchanging the control module.

8. The communication port and programmer port can be shared.

Programmer and various module can be connected to the two ports mounted on the control module.

A system of high cost performance can be built up, by connecting 2 programmers to debug, or connecting up to 2 module of FA controller terminal or image sensor camera.

(When using JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3)

9. Power supply module conforming to UL/CSA.

To meet with overseas demands, the power supply module conforming to UL and CSA is available. It can be used in the system outside Japan, including the English version ladder creation software JW-

50SP.

10.Selectable from three numerical value expression methods (octal/ decimal/hexadecimal notations), and application instructions are further fortified.

Data memory, constants of application instructions, program address, and others can be expressed in a notation preferred by the user, and users of other makers can use without any strange feel.

As application instructions, the instructions of conventional models JW20H, JW50H/70H/100H are included, and further comparative instructions with relay outputs, and arithmetic operation instructions with signs are also added.

1-1

The table below shows major performance specifications of JW-31CUH1, JW-32CUH1, JW-33CUH1/

H2/H3 control modules of the JW30H series.

I t e m J W 3 1 C U H 1 J W 3 2 C U H 1 J W 3 3 C U H 1 J W 3 3 C U H 2 J W 3 3 C U H 3

M a x .

n o .

o f I / O p o i n t s

P

D m r a e o g t a m r a o r m y c

R e

F a li p e a c g i s t e m i t y r e m

* o

2 r y

7

5 1 2 p o i n t s

.

9

5 K w

K b y t

N o n o r e d s e s

1 0 2 4 p o i n t s

1 5 .

5

/ 3 1 .

5

K w o r d s

K w o r d s * 1

2 5 K b y t e s

/ 3

6 4

2

K b y t e s

K b y t e s * 1

3

3 0 7 2 p o i n t s

1

1

2

2

.

5

5

8

K

K -

b

K w o y t e b y t r d s e s s

3 0 7 2 p o i n t s

6

4

2

3

4

5

8

K -

K w o

b

K y t b y r t d s e s e s 1

3 0 7 2 p o i n t s

6

2

9

3

5

8

K -

4

K w o

b

K y t e

b r d s s y t e s

C l o c k f e a t u r e t

C o m m u n i c a t i o n r a n s f e r r a t e p o r t

N o n e

N o n e 1 1 5 2 0 0 / 5 7 6 0 0 / 3 8 4 0 0 / 1 9 2

Y e s

0 0 / 9 6 0 0 / 4 8 0 0 / 2 4 0 0 / 1 2 0 0 b i t s / s

I s n p s e t r e u d c t i o n p r o c e s s i n g

( 2 4

T r a p e r c n

B a s i c e s n f t e i r n i n i n s t r u c c s o t r u n v c e t i n t i o n o t i n s o n s

( a

:

F l

0 .

0 3 8

0 m

0 o

) d

: e

1 l

µs

.

2 2 µs i m p r o v e d )

8 r a c k s ( I n t h e c a s e o f u s i n g I / O b u s e x p a n s i o n a d a p t e r ) M a x .

N o .

o f r a c k f

T o o r t a l

I / O l e n g t h e x p a d i s t a n s i o n n c e c a b l e

D a t a w i t h e x c h o p t i o n a n g e m o t d u i m e l e

T h e

5 s

0 p m e e m d m o d u l e s a x .

( M a x .

5 0 m b e t w e e n r a c k p a n e l a n d r a c k p a n e l ) b e w h c o m e n e s a p p r o x i m

J W 3 4 K B / 3 6 a t e

K B / l y

3 8

5

K t i m

B e b a s s i f a c s t e r r a c k t h a n p a c n e l o i n v s e n t i u s e o n a l d .

*1: The JW-32CUH1 can select program capacity and file capacity (file 2) by setting switch SW2 on the module. (Select from 15.5 K-words/64 K-bytes or 31.5 K-words/32 K-bytes.)

*2: The register capacities above include file 1 register (16 K-bytes) that can directly be assigned by application instructions.

=> See the “JW30H Programming Manual.”

Reference

Major specifications of the JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH (previous models, discontinued production) control modules for the JW30H series are as follows:

I t e m

M a x .

n o .

o f I / O p o i n t s

J W 3 1 C U H

5 1 2 p o i n t s

J W 3 2 C U H

1 0 2 4 p o i n t s

J W 3 3 C U H

2 0 4 8 p o i n t s

P r o g r a m c a p a c i t y

D m a e t a m o r y

R e g i s t e r * 2

F li e m e m o r y

C l o c k f e a t u r e t

C o m m u n i c a t i o n r a n s f e r r a t e p o r t

I n s t r u c t i o n s p e e d p r o c e s s i n g

M a x .

N o .

o f r a c k

T o t a l

I / O e l e x p n g t a n s h d i o n i s t c a n c e a b l e f o r

D a t a w i t h e x c h o p t i o n a n m g e o d t i m u l e e

7 .

5 K w o r d s

9 K b y t e s

N o n e

N o n e

1 5 .

5 K w o r d s

2 5 K b y t e s

6 4 K b y t e s

Y e s

3 1 .

5 K w o r d s

2 5 K b y t e s

1 2 8 K b y t e s

N o n e

1 9 2 0 0 / 9 6 0 0 / 4 8 0 0 / 2 4 0 0 / 1 2 0 0 / -

6 0 0 b i t s / s

T r a

B a s i c n s f e r i n i n s t r u c t s t r u c it o i o n n s s :

( F -

0 .

0 5

0 0 ) :

µs

1 .

6 0 µs

4 r a c k s * 3

1 4 m m a x .

( M a x .

a n d

1 0 r a c m k b e t w e e n p a n e l ) * 3 r a c k p a n e l

T m h e o d u l s e p e e s e d v i s e n s t i ll t h e t h o u g h

3 4 K B / 3 6 K s a m e a b a s i a s c r c a c o k n v e p a n t i n e l o n a l

J W -

B / 3 8 K B i s u s e d .

*2: The register capacities above include file 1 register (16 K-bytes) that can directly be assigned by application instructions.

*3: The previous models cannot use the I/O expansion adapter (JW-31EA/32EA).

1-2

Chapter 2. Safety precautions

(1) Installation

Avoid keeping the JW30H in the following conditions:

• Direct sunlight.

• Relative humidity which exceeds 35 to 90 %. No condensation due to rapid temperature variation.

• Corrosive and flammable gases.

(2) Operation

• Prepare an emergency stop circuit at the external relay circuit, and connect the halt output from the JW30H. (The halt output is installed in the power supply module.)

• Don't handle switches and connectors excessively by force.

(3) Grounding

Prepare a class-3 grounding of the JW30H separately. Never co-ground with high power equipment grounding lines.

(4) Installation

• Securely fasten the retaining screws in each module, and confirm again that it is fastened prior to supply power. Looseness of screws may cause malfunction.

• Firmly connect cable (I/O expansion cable), connecting to the basic/expansion rack panel. Confirm connectors are fastened prior to supplying power. Looseness may cause malfunction.

• Each module has a ventilation hole to allow for cooling. Do not block the holes.

• Install the JW30H horizontally against a control panel (parallel, wall-mount installation), otherwise

(vertical, wall-mount installation) temperature increase may occur.

○ Good; Parallel, wall-mount installation

(5) Wiring

• Be aware not to cross the connection polarity of 5 VDC on the expansion rack panel. Otherwise, rack panel and I/O module etc. may be damaged.

• Keep the input/output lines away from high voltage or strong current lines such as power lines.

(6) Cautions for static electricity

Significant volume of static electricity may build up on the human body in extremely dry conditions.

Prior to touching the JW30H, discharge the static electricity by touching grounded metals.

(7) Cleaning

Use the soft cloths for cleaning. Volatile solvents (alcohol, paint thinner, freon etc.) and wet rags may cause deformation or change of color.

(8) Storage

Keep the JW30H in cool and dry conditions as it equipped with a battery for memory backup.

High ambient temperature may shorten its battery life.

Do not put other objects on the JW30H.

2-1

(9) Short circuit protection

If the load connected to the output terminal shorts circuits, the output device or the printed circuit board may burn. Insert a protective fuse in the output lines.

We recommend that you install protective fuses in each line, even if the external devices have fuses for each common unit. These common line fuses are to protect the device against burnout caused by overload, and do not protect against overcurrent of output element and load.

[Precautions when using a rated voltage power source]

Output module

When you use a power supply for loads that have a current

Load Fuse

0 limiting circuit, provide fuses that match the load rating of 1 each output module. If the load is shorted, and the current limiting circuit functions, the short-circuit current will flow at current level lower than needed to blow the fuse.

(10) Insulation transformer

C O M

Power supply load

Choose isolation transformer with a capacity 20% or more higher than the rated load. When a transformer of the same capacity as that of the rated load is used, the primary input voltage might exceed the rated transformer capacity.

In the case of the JW30H, use an isolation transformer with a capacity greater than 72VA.

P o w m e r o d s u p p u l e

J W 2 1 P U

J W 2 2 P U

J W 3 1 P U

J W 3 3 P U l y c o n

P o w e r s u m p t i o n *

6

7

0

0

V A

V A o r o r l l e s s e s s

7

8

T r a n c a s p f o a c r m e r i t y

2

5

V

V

A

A o o r r m m o o r r e e

* Maximum load capacity when one power supply module is used.

(11) Max. No. of I/O points

Each control module has a maximum number of input and output points, but the number of relay points affecting the maximum number of input and output points varies with the type of the module.

It must be noted that it is different from the number of relay assignments. (In the case of JW20H, it is same as the number of relay assignments.)

I

8

O p o i n t s

1 6 p o i n t s

3 2 p o i n t s

/ O p

V a c t i il o n k n a n t s

K i n p u t / o u l o t i n d s t p u t i n p u t / o u t p u t o f m i n p u t / o u t p u t / I / O

S p e c i a l I / O ( 6 4 o d u l e p o i n t s i n p u t / o u t p u t )

S p e c i a l I / O ( e x c e p t f o r 6 4 p o i n t s i n p u t / o u t p u t )

A l l o c a

N o .

1

1

3

1

1

1

1

1

6

6

2

6

6

6

6

6 t i o p o i n t s f o n

T h a f f e c e t i n n u g m b e r o f r e l a y t h e o f m

I / O a x p o i m u m i n t s p o i n t s n u m b e r

J W 3 0 H

1 6

J W

1

2

6

0 H

1

3

6

0

0

6

2

4

1 6

3 2

1 6

1 6

1 6

0

0

1 6

1 6

2-2

Control module

JW-31CUH1

JW-32CUH1

Max No. of

I/O points

512 points

1024 points

In case of all 16 points module

16 points × 32 sets

= 512 points


= 1024 points



= 512 points


= 1024 points

JW-33CUH1

JW-33CUH2

3072 points

Note


= 1024 points


= 2048 points

JW-33CUH3


64 points × 8 sets =

512 points


= 1024 points


= 2048 points

Note

Note: Max. 32 sets of 64-point modules can be mounted. Therefore, when 32 sets of the 32-point/

64-point module are mounted, the total number of points will be 3072. (32 points x 32 sets

+ 64 points x 32 sets = 3072 points)

2-3

(12) Directions of data memory

The JW30H shares the same groups of modules as the JW20H, but its allocation of data memory is different.

1. Special I/O modules

JW30H JW20H

Number of special I/O modules installed

(per control module)

Up to 32 modules

･ Additional 8 modules can be added when a remote I/

O slave station is used.

Note: The special I/O module can only be mounted to racks 0 to 3. They cannot be mounted on racks 4 to 7.

Up to 8 modules

Data memory allocation

･ A 16-byte data memory is allocated to each rack on the rack panel using a module No. switch on the special I/O module.

Items

Relay for a special I/O

(Basic system)

Relay for a special I/O

(Remote I/O slave station)

Module No.

switches

RO, SW0

RO, SW1

|

RO, SW7

R1, SW0

R1, SW1

|

R1, SW7

R2, SW0

R2, SW1

R2, SW7

R3, SW0

R3, SW1

|

R3, SW7

SW0

SW1

|

SW7

Byte addresses

ｺ3000 - ｺ3017

ｺ3020 - ｺ3037

|

ｺ3160 - ｺ3177

ｺ3200 - ｺ3217

ｺ3220 - ｺ3237

|

ｺ3360 - ｺ3377

ｺ3400 - ｺ3417

ｺ3420 - ｺ3437

|

ｺ3560 - ｺ3577

ｺ3600 - ｺ3617

ｺ3620 - ｺ3637

|

ｺ3760 - ｺ3777

ｺ4000 - ｺ4017

ｺ4020 - ｺ4037

|

ｺ4160 - ｺ4177

Parameter areas

T-00 (000 - 177)

T-01 (000 - 177)

|

T-07 (000 - 177)

T-10 (000 - 177)

T-11 (000 - 177)

|

T-17 (000 - 177)

T-20 (000 - 177)

T-21 (000 - 177)

|

T-27 (000 - 177)

T-30 (000 - 177)

T-31 (000 - 177)

|

T-37 (000 - 177)

T-40 (000 - 177)

T-41 (000 - 177)

|

T-47 (000 - 177)

The switch numbers in the module No. switch column, from R0 to R3, are the rack numbers on the rack panels.

･ 16 bytes each are allocated without defining the rack number on the rack panel.

Module No.

switches

SW0

SW1

|

SW7

Byte addresses

ｺ0200 - ｺ0217

ｺ0220 - ｺ0237

|

ｺ0360 - ｺ0377

Parameter areas

T-0 (000 - 177)

T-1 (000 - 177)

|

T-7 (000 - 177)

2. I/O link relay areas of the JW-23LM/23LMH

JW30H

Module No.

switches

SW0

SW1

SW2

SW3

Byte addresses

ｺ2000 - ｺ2077

ｺ2100 - ｺ2177

ｺ2200 - ｺ2277

ｺ2300 - ｺ2377

Capacity

64 bytes

64 bytes

64 bytes

64 bytes

Total of

256 bytes

JW20H

Totally 64 bytes from SW0 to SW3 ( ｺ0100 - ｺ0177)

2-4

(13) Notes for using communication module, support tool

When you use a JW30H communication module or support tool, check the version you are using carefully. Depending on the version, some limitation on the use may be involved, or it may not be possible to use it.

1. Communication modules

The following communication modules may be compatible with or not compatible at all with

JW30H depending on their version.

• Modules mounted on the JW30H: JW-21CM, JW-22CM, JW-21MN, JW-23LM, and

JW-23LMH

• Modules communicating with JW30H: JW-20CM, JW-20RS, JW-20MN, ZW-98CM, ZW-

20AX, JW-98MN, JW-90MN, Z-313J, Z-331J, Z-

332J, Z-333J, Z-334J, Z-335J

1 A “30Hn” mark is put on modules which are compatible with the JW30H control modules, including JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 (current models).

2 A “30H” mark is put on modules which are compatible with the JW30H control modules, including JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH (conventional models).

3 Neither the “30Hn” nor “30H” mark is put on a module that is not compatible with the

JW30H. (Compatible with the JW20H only.)

<<In case of JW-21CM>>

30Hn 30H

With “30Hn” mark With “30H” mark Without any mark

1

With “30Hn” mark

2

3

Usable functions are as follows:

Compatibility of modules mounted on the JW30H

With “30H” mark

Without

“30Hn” or

“30H” marks

All functions available with all JW30H models

Available within the functional range of conventional JW30H modules

All functions are unavailable when mounded in the JW30H modules

(They do not function)

Communication with the JW30H

Available communication with all the

JW30H modules.

Communcation available taking for granted that the current JW30H modules function in the same way as a conventional JW30H module.

Communcation available taking for granted that the JW30H modules function in the same way as a conventional JW20H or either of JW50H/70H/100H module. (*1)

*1: A decision taking for granted that a JW30H as whether a JW20H or either of JW50H/70H/100H is subject to the settings of JW30H system memory #260. (# 260 = 50

HEX

: JW50H/70H/100H, and other than #260 = 50

HEX

: JW20H)

2-5

models)

In this manual, the JW30H series control modules are classified as follows:

M o d e l c l a s s i f i c a t i o n

J W 3 0 H

( a ll m o d e l s )

J W 3 0 H

( c u r r e n t m o d e l )

*2 J W 3 0 H

( c o n v e n t i o n a l m o d e l )

C o n t r o l m o d u l e

J W 3 1 C U H 1

J W 3 2 C U H 1

J W 3 3 C U H 1

J W 3 3 C U H 2

J W 3 3 C U H 3

J W 3 1 C U H

J W 3 2 C U H

J W 3 3 C U H

*2: JW30H (conventional models) are discontinued production.

2. Support tool

The following support tools may be compatible with or not compatible at all with JW30H depending on their versions.

- Hand-held programmer: JW-13PG

- Multi-purpose programmer: JW-50PG

- Ladder software: JW-50SP

See page 3-5 in details about support tool.

(14) Input/output module (JW-211NA/212NA/214NA/212SA/213SA/214SA)

Input modules (JW-211NA/212NA/214NA) and output modules (JW-212SA/213SA/214SA) are upgraded models (covered functions of the conventional models) of conventional modules (JW-211N/

212N/214N, JW-212S/213S/214S) (discontinued production). => See “11-4. Specifications of I/O module.”

I

P r o d u c t n a m e n m

O m p o u o t u d u p t d u u l l t e e

M n o d a m e l e

C o r r e s p o n d i n g c o n v e n t i o n a l m o d e l

J W 2 1 1 N A J W 2 1 1 N

J W 2 1 2 N A J W 2 1 2 N

J W 2 1 4 N A J W 2 1 4 N

J W 2 1 2 S A J W 2 1 2 S

M a j o r f u n c t i o n s

1 6 p o i n t i n p u t 1 0 0 / 2 0 0 V A C

1 6 p o i n t i n p u t 1 2 / 2 4 V D C

1 6 p o i n t i n p u t 1 2 / 2 4 V D C ( h i g h s p e e d t y p e )

(

1 6 p s i n k o i n t o u t p u t o u t p u t )

5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C , 0 .

5 A t r a i n s i s t o r o u t p u t

J W 2 1 3 S A

J W 2 1 4 S A

J W 2 1 3 S

J W 2 1 4 S

1 6 p o i n t o u t p u t 1 0 0 / 2 0 0 V A C , 1 .

0 A t r i a c o u t p u t

1 6 p o i n t o u t p u t 2 5 0 V A C / 3 0 V D C , 2 A r e l a y o u t p u t

[Changed points]

Changed points from the conventional models are as follows:

Improved view angle of the LED display (top of the module) to wide view angle type.

2-6

Added “fuse blow indication (FUSE)” on the LED display. Changed rated capacity and rated maximum load current (JW-213SA) of the installed fuse.

- JW-212SA

I t e m J W 2 1 2 S A C o n v e n t i o n a l m o d e l ( J W 2 1 2 S )

B l o w n f u s e i n d i c a t i o n ( L E D d i s p l a y )

F u s e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ( 1 c o m m o n )

A v a li a b l e ( F U S E ) * 2

3 .

1 5 A

N o t a v a i a l b l e

3 A

- JW-213SA

I t e m



M a x i m u m l o a d c u r r e n t

J

3

1

W

A v a

.

0

2

.

1 5

1 3

A

S li a b l e

A / p o i

A

( F U S E ) n t ,

2 A / c o m m o n

* 2

C o n v e

N

3

0 .

o t

A

5 a v a

A / p n t i o n a l i a l b l e o i n t , m o d e l

2 A / c o

( J W 2 1 3 S ) m m o n

*2: The JW-212SA/213SA displays fuse blow (FUSE) using an LED. However, this is only indication and the JW20H/30H control module cannot detect this fuse blow. In addition, the users cannot replace the installed fuses. Ask our sales agent for replacement of the fuses.

(15) Special I/O modules

If a preset scanning time is too short ( less than 2 ms), the special I/O module such as JW-21SU may not function normally.

To avoid this malfunction, set a longer scanning time using a constant scanning (set 3 ms or more on the system memory #226) or other functions.

(16) Insulation resistance and dielectrical strength tests of the power supply module

When testing insulation resistance or dielectrical strength of the JW-21PU/31PU power supply modules, be sure to remove the short bar connected between the SHORT terminal and the GND terminal. If a test is carried out without removing the short bar, internal elements of the module may be damaged.

2-7

Chapter 3. System configuration

3-1 Basic system configuration

Expansion rack panel

(Max. amount of connection:7)

I/O bus expansion adapter

(JW-32EA)

Termination connector

(Attached to JW-31EA)

Basic rack panel

I/O ／special I/O module

Power supply module

Control module

I/O expansion cable

(Total length: max. 50m)

I/O ／special I/O／I/O link／option module


(JW-31EA)

PG connection cable

Support tool

Programmer Multipurpose programmer

Personal computer

(PC-98, DOS/V series)

Ladder software

Number of rack panels connected

Number of mounting of I/O module, special I/O module, I/O link module, and option module

Max. 8 sets in total of 1 basic rack panel and 7 expansion rack panel.

(In case of using the basic rack panel JW-34KB/36KB/38KB, expansion rack panel JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB, and I/O bus expansion adapter JW-31EA/32EA.)

Total of 64 sets can be mounted

• Max. of 64 I/O modules can be mounted including both the basic and the expansion rack panels (racks 0 to 7).

• Max. of 32 special I/O modules can be mounted including both the basic and the expansion rack panels (racks 0 to 3).

• Max. of 4 I/O link modules can be mounted on the basic rack panel.

• Max. of 7 option modules can be mounted on the basic rack panel.

Note: System can be configured without using an I/O bus expansion adapter. (See the next page.)

3-1

■ The difference between using I/O bus expansion adapter and not using it

When not using I/O bus expansion adapter When using I/O bus expansion adapter

System configuration

Rack 3

Rack 2

Rack 1

Rack 0

Rack 7

Rack 6

Rack 5

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Rack 1

Rack 0

32

E

A

32

E

A

31

E

A

32

E

A

32

E

A

32

E

A

32

E

A

32

E

A

Basic rack panel JW-24KB/26KB/28KB

JW-34KB/36KB/38KB

JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB Expansion rack panel


I/O expansion cable

No. of racks

_

JW-203EC/207EC/22EC/25EC/210EC

Cable total length distance

No. of I/O modules

No. of special I/O modules

No. of I/O link modules

4 racks max.

14 m max. (Max. 10 m between rack panels)

Max. 32 sets for basic/expansion rack panel (racks 0 to 3)

Max. 32 sets for basic/expansion rack panel (racks 0 to 3)

Max. 4 sets for basic rack panel (rack 0)

No. of option modules


Connection support tool with expansion rack panel

Unavailable

JW-34KB/36KB/38KB

JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB

JW-31EA (Install in basic rack panel)

JW-32EA (Install in all expansion rack panel)

JW-05EC/1EC/3EC/10EC/20EC/30EC/

50EC

8 racks max.

50 m max. (Max. 50 m between rack panels)

Max. 64 sets for basic/expansion rack panel

(racks 0 to 7)

Max. 32 sets for basic/expansion rack panel

(racks 0 to 3)



Available for connected I/O bus expansion adapter JW-32EA

3-2

(1) Control module

Model name

JW-31CUH1

JW-32CUH1

No. of In/Out

512 points

1024 points

Program size

7.5K words

15.5K words

File register

None

80K bytes

Clock feature, communication port

None

Yes

31.5K words 48K bytes

JW-33CUH1 3072 points 31.5K words 144K bytes Yes

JW-33CUH2 3072 points 63K words 464K bytes Yes

JW-33CUH3 3072 points 63K words 2000K bytes Yes

Set program capacity and file register capacity of the JW-32CUH1 using the internal switch (SW2) of the module.

(2) Power supply module

M o d e l n a m e

S p e c i f i c a t i o n

A p p r o v e d

U L / C S A

A p p r o v e d

C E

J W 2 1 P U 8 5 t o 2 6 4 V A C .

P o w e r c a p a c i t y : 5 V D C 3 .

5 A

J W 2 2 P U

J W 3 1 P U

J W 3 3 P U

2 0 .

4 t o 3 2 V A C .


5 A

8 5 t o 1 3 2 V A C .


5 A

8 5 t o 2 6 4 V A C .


5 A

O

O O

(3) Basic/expansion rack panel

Model name

For power supply module

No. of slots

For Control module

For I/O module

I/O bus expansion adapter

(Installation of

JW-31EA)

JW-24KB 1 1 4

JW-26KB 1 1 6 Unavailable

JW-28KB 1 1 8

JW-34KB 1 1 4

JW-36KB 1 1 6 Available

JW-38KB 1 1 8

The slot for I/O module is a slot mounting I/O, special I/O , I/O link, and option module.

(4) Expansion rack panel

M o d e l n a m e s u

F o p p r l y p o m

N o w e o d r

.

u l o e f s l o t s

F m o o r d

I u

/ l

O e

I / O b u s e x p a n a d a p t e r s i o n

( I n s t a l l a t i o n

J W 3 2 E A ) o f

J W 3 4 Z B

J W 3 6 Z B

1

1

4

6

A v a li a b l e

J W 3 8 Z B 1 8

The slot for I/O module is a slot mounting I/O, special I/O module.

(5) I/O bus expansion adapter

Model name Specifications

JW-31EA

JW-32EA

Mounting to basic rack panel (JW-34KB/36KB/38KB)

Mounting to expansion rack panel (JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB), with PG port

Use an I/O bus expansion adapter when more than 5 racks on the rack panel are used, or when total length of I/O expansion cables is longer than 15 meters (max. 50 meters).

The conventional model of JW30H series (JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH) cannot use the I/O bus expansion adapter.

3-3

(6) I/O ／

*2

* 1

* 1

I / O

I / O il n k

M o d n a m e l e

J W 2 0 1 N

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

W 2 1

W 2 1

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

W 2 2

W 2 2

W 2 1

W 2 1

J W 2 3 L M H

W -

W -

W -

W -

W -

2 0

2 0

2 1

2 1

2 1

2 3

2 0

2 0

2 0

2 1

2 3

2 3

2 6

2 6

2 1

2 2

2 4

2 1

2 2

2 1

2 5

2 5

2

3

1

2

4

4

2

3

4

2

3 S A

4 S A

2

2

4

2

H

H

A

D A

D U

S U

P S

C

C

M

C

5

N

N

N A

N A

N A

N

S

S

S

S A

S

M

N

S

C

C

D

M

M

N

M

C M

J W 2 0 F L 5

J W 2 0 F L T

J W 2 0 D N

J W 2 1 R S

F L n

D e v i

R e e t c e m o t m

N e e I o t d

/ O u m s l e a s t l a v e r e m m o o d d u u l l e e

S p e c i f i c a t i o n s

8 p o i n t s i n p u t , 1 0 0 / 1 2 0 V A C

8 p o i n t s i n p u t , 1 2 / 2 4 V D C

8 p o i n t s i n p u t , 2 0 0 / 2 4 0 V A C

1 6 p o i n t s i n p u t , 1 0 0 / 1 2 0 V A C

1 6 p o i n t s i n p u t , 1 2 / 2 4 V D C

1 6 p o i n t s i n p u t , 1 2 / 2 4 V D C ( h i g h s p e e d t y p e )

3 2 p o i n t s i n p u t , 1 2 / 2 4 V D C ( h i g h s p e e d t y p e , c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t i o n )

8 p o i n t s o u t p u t , 5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C , 1 A , t r a n s i s t o r o u t p u t ( s i n k o u t p u t )

8 p o i n t s o u t p u t , 1 0 0 / 2 0 0 V A C , 1 A t r i a c o u t p u t

8 p o i n t s o u t p u t , c o m m o n )

2 5 0 V A C / 3 0 V D C , 2 A r e l a y o u t p u t ( s e p a r a t e d

1 6 p o i n t s o u t p u t , 5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C , 0 .

5 A , t r a n s i s t o r o u t p u t ( s i n k o u t p u t )

1 6 p o i n t s o u t p u t , 1 0 0 / 2 0 0 V A C , 1 A t r i a c o u t p u t

1 6 p o i n t s o u t p u t , 2 5 0 V A C / 3 0 V D C , 2 A , r e l a y o u t p u t

3 2 p o i n t s c o n n e c t o r o u t p u t , 5 / 1 2 c o n n e c t i o n )

/ 2 4 V D C , 0 .

1 A , t r a n s i s t o r o u t p u t ( s i n k o u t p u t ,

1 6

1 6 p o i n t s p o i n t s i n p u t , o u t p u t ,

1 2 / 2

5 / 1

4

2 /

V D C

2 4 V D C , c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t i o n )

0 .


6 4 p o i n t s i n p u t , 2 4 V D C ( h i g h s p e e d t y p e , c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t i o n )

6 4 p o i n t s c o n n e c t o r o u t p u t , 5 / 1 2 c o n n e c t i o n )

/ 2 4 V D C , 0 .


H i g h s p e e d c o u n t e r : 1 0 0 k H z 1 c h

H i g h s p e e d c o u n t e r : 1 0 0 K H z / 2 0 0 K H z 2 c h

A n a l o g i n p u t : 4 p o i n t s 1 3 b i t s

A n a l o g o u t p u t : 2 p o i n t s 1 6 b i t s

I D c o n t r o l : M i c r o w a v e / o p t i c a l s y s t e m

S e r i a l i n t e r f a c e 1 c h R S 2 3 2 C / 4 2 2 A

P u l s e o u t p u t , n u m b e r o f c o n t r o l a x i s : 1 .

M a x s p e e d : 2 5 0 k p p s .

I / O il n k k b i t s / s m a s t e

/ 1 7 2 .

8 r s t a t i o n k b i t s / s

, u p t o 3 2 s l a v e s t a t i o n s , m a x .

5 0 4 p o i n t s , 3 4 5 .

6

S e l e c t f r o m s w i t c h i n g .

c o m p u t e r il n k / d a t a il n k / r e m o t e I / O f u n c t i o n s b y

N e t w o r k m o d u l e

M E N E T m o d u l e

J W 1 0 il n k m o d u l e

E t h e r n e t m o d u l e

*1: Input module JW-211NA/212NA/214NA and output modules JW-212SA/213SA/214SA are function improved models (cover the functions of conventional models) of JW-211N/212N/214N and JW-

212S/213S/214S. => See page 2-5.

*2: Make sure to use the JW30H series applicable products for the JW-23LMH, JW-21CM, JW-22CM, and JW-21MN. Items applicable with the JW30H series are stuck [30Hn] mark in front of the modules. => See page 2-4.

3-4

(7) Support tools

M o d e l n a m e O u t l i n e R e m a r k s

J W 1 4 P G -

J

J

J

J

W

W

W

W

-

-

-

-

1

1

2

5

3

2

P

0

P

P

G

S

G

G

*

P

1

L

L

C a d

D d d e r o t s m o f t a t r i w a x r e d f i s o r p l

I a y

B M P C

S e e t h e v e r s i o n s t a b l e i n t h e n e x t p a g e f o r

U s a b l e

J W 2 0 H w i t h i n o r t h e f u n c t i o n s o f t h e

J W 5 0 H / 7 0 H / 1 0 0 H .

* 2

U s a b l e w i t h i n

J W 2 0 H .

* 2 t h e f u n c t i o n s o f t h e

J W 5 0 P G

Z 1 0 0 L P 2 S

+

Z 3 L P 2 E S

( E x p a n s i o n m o d u l e )

J

J

W

W -

9

5

2

2

S

S

P

P

L C

B u li

D t i d n i s p

1 l a y s e t

( 6 4 0 o f 3 x

.

5 "

4 8 0 f l o d p p y o t ) d i s k d r i v e

B u li t i n 1

( 2 5 6 M B ) s e t o f 2 .

5 " h a r d d i s k

E L d i s p l a y

H o r i z o n t a l :

1 c o li

1 1 r e

V e r t i c a l : 1 1 r e l a y l a y il n e c o s n t a p l u c t s s 2 p l u s m e

B u li s s a t i n g e

1 s il n e s e t o f d r i v e .

3 .

5 " f l o p p y d i s k

L a d d e r s e r i e s , s o f t w a r e

J a p a n e s e f o r P C 9 8 d i s p l a y

L a d p e r s d e r o n a s o f t w a r e l f o r c o m p u t e r , d i s p l a y

D O S / V

J a p a n e s e

S e e t h e v e r s i o n s .

t a b l e i n t h e n e x t p a g e f o r

U

J s

Z 3 a

W 2

L b l e

0 H

P 2 w i t

E o r

S h i i s n i t n h s t e a f ll u e n c

J W 5 0 H / 7 0 d .

t

H / i o

( n s

1 0 0

V e r o

H

5 f

.

2 t h e w h e n o r m o r e )

S e e t h e v e r s i o n s t a b l e i n t h e n e x t p a g e f o r

S

J e e

W 3 t h e

0 H t a b a p p l e i n il e d t h e n e x t v e r s i o n s .

p a g e f o r

S

J e e

W 3 t h e

0 H t a b a p p l e i n il e d t h e n e x t v e r s i o n s .

p a g e f o r

J W 1 0 0 S P

L a d d e r s o f t w a r e l o g i c p r o g r a m m i n g

-

*1 When JW-2PG is used by JW30H, be sure to set 02

HEX

on the system memory #136 of JW30H.

*2: Forced set/reset, data transfer using a ROM writer, and data transfer using cassette tapes are not available.

Note: Do not connect to the programmer ZW-101PG1, or malfanction may be caused.

3-5

The following support tools may, or may not be compatible with JW30H depending on their versions.

Items Model names Versions Available functions when used with JW30H

Hand-held programmer

Multipurpose

JW-13PG

JW-50PG

With “B” mark

With “A”, or without marks

Ver5.5 or later

Ver5.0 to 5.3A

All functions are available with all JW30H modules.

Usable within the function range of the conventional JW30H modules.

All functions are available with all JW30H modules programmer

Ver4.0A or earlier

Usable within the functional range of the conventional JW30H modules

Usable but it operaties taking for granted that the

JW30H is a JW20H, or either of JW50H/70H/

100H. (*3)

Ladder software

JW-52SP

JW-92SP

Ver5.5 or later

Ver5.0 to 5.3A

Ver5.5 or later

Ver5.0 to 5.3A

All functions are available with all JW30H modules

Usable within the functional range of the conventional JW30H modules.

All functions are available with all JW30H modules.

Ver4.0A or earlier

Usable with the functional range of the conventional JW30H modules.

Usable but it operaties taking for granted that the

JW30H as a JW20H, or either of JW50H/70H/

100H. (*3)

JW-50SP Ver5.5I or later All functions are available with all JW30H modules

Ver5.0I to 5.3AI

Usable with the functional range of the conventional JW30H modules (*2)

Ver3.0I

Usable taking for granted that the JW30H as a

JW20H, or either of JW50H/70H/100H. (*3)

*3: A decision taking for granted that a JW30H as whether a JW20H or either of JW50H/70H/100H is subject to the settings of JW30H system memory #260. (# 260 = 50

HEX

: JW50H/70H/100H, and other than #260 = 50

HEX

: JW20H)

This version cannot perform forced set/reset of relays and sampling trace.

- The JW-14PG and JW-100SP can use their all functions with all JW30H series models.

- For details about the JW30H (all models) and JW30H (conventional models), see page 2-6.

(8) I/O expansion cable

Model name

JW-203EC

JW-207EC

JW-22EC

Specifications

Connection cables between a basic rack panel and an expansion rack panel, or between expansion rack panels.

30 cm

70 cm

2 m

JW-25EC

JW-210EC

JW-05EC

JW-1EC

JW-3EC

JW-10EC

JW-20EC

JW-30EC

JW-50EC

Connection cables between a JW-31EA and a JW-32EA, or between a JW-32EA and a

JW-32EA.

5 m

10 m

50 cm

1 m

3 m

10 m

20 m

30 m

50 m

Accessories

5 V DC cable (30cm)

5 V DC cable (70cm)

5 V DC cable (2m)

Short connector

Short connector

Short connector

5 V DC cable (50cm)

5 V DC cable (1m)

None

None

None

None

None

3-6

(9) PG connection cable


JW-22KC Connection cable between a support tool and the JW30H. 2 m

JW-24KC Connection cable between a support tool and the JW30H. 4 m *

* JW-24KC cannot be used with JW-2PG.

3-7

3-2 System configuration using communication

Refer to the each module instruction manual or user’s manual about each communication module

(I/O link, option module).

Use the product conforming to JW30H. See the page 2-6 concerning JW30H applied modules.

[1] Communication system using communication port

• By using a communication port of the control module, the JW30H can communicate with a host computer such as a personal computer and a liquid crystal control terminal.

• JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 have 2 ports (PG/COMM1, PG/COMM2) for communication port. JW-31CUH1 doesn't have function of communication port.

JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3

JW30H

Host computer

PG/COMM2 port RS-232C or RS-422A

PG/COMM1 port RS-422A

Host computer

Item

Specifications

RS-232C connection RS-422A connection

JW30H No. of connected sets

Communication line

Transfer rate

Data style

Character used

1 sets (1:1 connection) Max. 31sets (1:N connection)

Shielded cable

Max.15m

Shielded twisted pair cable

Cabletotal length: max. 1 km

4-wire system

(Party line connection)

115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800/2400/1200 bits ／s

Start bit ：1 bits

Data length ：7 bits

Parity bit ：1 bit (odd/even/none)

Stop bit ：1/2 bits

ASCII, alphanumeric characters

• For operational details of communication port, see page 7-24 to 45.

3-8

[2] Communication system using link module (JW-21CM)

• The JW-21CM can use any of the following 4 functions by setting its internal switch.

Functions

1 Computer link

2 Data link DL1 (N:M method)

3 Data link DL9 (I:N method)

4 Remote I/O master station

Total number of mountable modules

Up to 7

Up to 6 (total of master and slave stations)

Up to 6 (total of master and slave stations)

Up to 1

• The JW-21CM is an option module, and up to 7 modules of JW-21CM (including other option modules) can be mounted only on a basic rack panel. Total number of mountable modules varies according to the functions to be used, as shown above.

(Mounting example)

Computer link

Data link DL1 (N:M method)

Data link DL9 (I:N method)

Remote I/O master station

Total

: 2

: 2

: 2

: 1

7

(1) Computer link

• This link offers communication between a host computer as a master station and a JW-21CM as a slave station.

Host computer

JW-21CM (slave)

JW30H

JW-21CM (slave)

JW70H

JW30H

JW-10CM (slave)

RS-232C/422 converter

RS-232C

Z-101HE

RS-485

Max. of 31 slave stations

Items

Names of slave stations (PC)

Numbers of slave stations connected

Communication line cables

A shielded-twist pair cable. Max. length: 1 km. 2 lined type/4 lined type.

19200/9600/4800/2400/1200/600/300 bits / s Transfer speed

(baud rate)

Data formats

Specifications

JW-21CM (JW20H/JW30H)

JW-10CM (W70H/100H, JW50H/70H/100H)

ZW-1K0CL2 (W100), ZW-501CL2(W51), ZW-160CL2(W16),

ZW-10CL2 (W10), and Z-331J/332J (J-board)

Up to 31 modules (1:N connection)

Used characters

Start bit: 1 bit

Data length: 7 bits

Parity bits: 1 bit (odd/even)

Stop bit: 2 bits

ASCII alphanumerical characters

3-9

(2) Data-link DL1

• The system communicates between the JW30H and W/JW series PC through the JW-21CM as a master or a slave station.

• This link offers communication between a master and a slave station, or between 2 slave stations.

(N:M method)

JW-21CM (slave)

JW30H

JW-21CM (slave)

JW30H

JW70H

JW-10CM (slave)

Slave station: 15 sets max.

Shielded-twist pair cable Total length max. 1 km 153.6 kbits/s

Item

Model name of master/slave station

Specifications


JW-10CM (W70H/100H, JW50H/70H/100H)

ZW-501DL1(W51), ZW-160DL1 (W16), Z-331J/332J (J-board)

Max. 16 stations (Including master station) No. of connected stations

No. of link bytes

No. of link bytes per station

Total 64 bytes (512 points)

• Divided equally according to the number of slave stations when a JW-

21CM or a Z-331J/332J is used as master station. (1 station: 32 bytes, 2 or 3 stations: 16 bytes each, 4 to 7 stations: 8 bytes each, and 8 to 15 stations: 4 bytes each.)

• When master station is other than JW-21CM, or Z-331J/332J, up to 64 bytes will be allocated.

(3) Data-link DL9

• The system communicates between the JW30H and W/JW series PC through the JW-21CM as a master or a slave station.

• This link offers communication between a master and a slave station. It cannot perform communication between 2 slave stations (1:N method).

JW-21CM (slave)

JW30H

JW-21CM (slave)

JW30H

JW70H

JW-10CM (slave)

Slave station: 15 sets max.


M o d e l n

I a t e m m e m a s t e r / s l a v e o f s t a t i o n


J W 2 1 C M

J W 1 0 C M

(

(

J W

W

Z W 1 K 0 D L 9 (

7

2 0 H / J W 3

0 H / 1 0 0 H ,

W 1 0 0 ) , Z

0

W

H

J

-

)

W

5 0

5 0 H / 7

1 D L 9

0 H / 1 0 0

( W 5 1 ) ,

H )

Z W 1 6 0 D L 9

Z 3 3 1 J / 3 3 2 J ( J b o a r d )

( W 1 6 )

N o .

o f s l a v e c o n n e c t e d s t a t i o n s

M a x .

1 5 s e t s

N

N s t o o .

a t

.

i o o f f o n il il n n k k b b y t y t e s e s p e r

•

•

S e l e c t f r o m 5 1 2 / 2 5 6 / 1 2 8 / 6 4 b y t e s t

2 o

1 C

W h e n

5

M

1 2

, o r a b y t

Z e

3 s

3 1 w i ll

J m a s t e r

/ 3 3 2 J .

s t a t i o n b e a ll o i s c a t o t h e d .

e r t h a w n h e a n

J a m

W 2 1 a s t e

C M , r s o r t a t i o n

Z 3 3 i

1 s a

J / 3

J W -

3 2 J , u p

•

•

D i v i d e d

J W 2 1 C M e q u a o r a ll y a c c o r d i n g

Z 3 3 1 J / 3 3 2 J t o i s t h e u s n e d u m a s b e r m a o s f s t e r l a v s t a e t s o t a t i o n .

8 t i o n

( 1 o s r w h e n

2 s t a t a i o n s : s t a t i o n s : 3 2 1 m

2 b y a t

8

W e x h

.

b s e y e n t

1 2 e

7 s a c h m e a c h , a

, s a n d t e r b y t e s s

9

3 o t o r 4

1 6 s t a t i o n s : s t a t i o n s :

6 4

1 6 b y t e s b y t e s e a c h , e a c h .

5 t a t w i ll i o n b e i s a o t h e r t h ll o c a t e d .

a n J W 2 1 C M , o r Z 3 3 1 J / 3 3 2 J , t o t a l o f

3-10

(4) Remote I/O master station

• The system can communicate between a JW-21CM as remote I/O master station and a W/JW series module as remote I/O slave station.

JW30H

JW-21CM

(master station)

JW-21RS (slave) JW-21RS (slave) JW-21RS (slave) JW-21RS (slave)

Shielded twisted pair cable Total length max. 500 m 307.2 kbits/s

Items

Model name of slave station

Number of slave stations connected

Number of remote I/O points

Number of I/O points per station

Number of special I/O modules mounted on a

JW-21RS

Total point max. 512 (64 bytes)

128 points (16 bytes)

Max. 8 (Total of 4 slave stations)

Slave station

4 sets max.

Specifications

JW-21RS (JW20H/JW30H)

ZW-501RS1 (W51), ZW-160RS1 (W16), ZW-10RS1 (W10)

Max. 4 sets

[3] Communication system using a JW10 link module (JW-25CM)

• The JW-25CM can communicate with the JW10, by selecting data link master station function or remote I/O master station function.

• The JW-25CM is an option module, and up to 7 modules of JW-25CM (including other option modules) can be mounted only to a basic rack panel.

(1) Data link master station

• The system can communicate between a JW-25CM, a master station, and a JW10, slave station.

• This communication system can only communicate between a master and a slave station. It cannot communicate between 2 slave stations.

JW-25CM

(master station)

JW30H

JW-25CM

JW10 (slave) JW10 (slave) JW10(slave)

L1

L2

SHIELD

FG

Shielded twisted pair cable Slave station 63 sets max.

• Total expansion length and max. number of slave stations connected (JW10) are subject to the settings of communication speed.

Communication speed

76800 bits/s

38400 bits/s

Total expansion length

Max. 500 m

Max. 1 km

Number of slave stations connected

Max. 31

Max. 63

Items


Number of transmission bytes per station

Specifications

JW-1324K/1424K/1624K (JW10 basic modules)

8 bytes each for receiving and sending.

3-11

(2) Remote I/O master station

• The system can communicate between a JW-25CM as a remote I/O master station and a JW basic module as a remote I/O slave station.

• Whether or not to synchronize a data exchange between a master and a slave station with operation can be selected.

JW-25CM

(master station)

JW30H

JW-25CM

JW10 (slave) JW10 (slave) JW10(slave)

UNIT

NO.

L1

L2

SHIELD

FG

Shielded twisted pair cable Slave station 63 sets max.

• Total expansion length and max. number of slave stations connected (JW10) are subject to the settings of communication speed.

Communication speed

76800 bits/s

38400 bits/s

Data exchange timing

Synchronous/ asynchronous

Synchronous

Asynchronous

Total expansion length

Max. 500 m

Max. 1 km

Max. 1 km

No. of slave stations connected

Max. 31

Max. 16

Max. 63

Items


Number of I/O points per station

Specifications

JW-1324K/1424K/1624K (JW10 basic modules)

Max. 60 points (36 for inputs, 24 for outputs)

[4] Communication system using the satellite net module (JW-22CM)

• The system can communicate between JW series PCs or between personal computers by mounting a JW-22CM on a JW30H.

• It can realize data linking (N:M method) and computer linking on the same communication line.

• The JW-22CM is an option module, and up to 7 modules (including other option modules) can be mounted only to a basic rack panel.

JW30H

JW-22CM

(master station) JW-22CM (slave)

JW30H

JW-20CM (slave)

JW70H PC-98

5C-2V coaxial cable Total length max. 1 km 1.25M-bits/s Max. 64 stations

ZW-98CM (slave)

Items

Name of connected models

(PC, personal computer)

Specifications


JW-20CM (W70H/100H, JW50H/70H/100H), Z-335J (J-board)

ZW-98CM (PC98), ZW-20AX (IBM/PC, DOS/V)

No. of connected stations

No. of link bytes

No. of bytes linked per station

Max. 64 stations

Relay link: max. 2048 points (64 bytes)

Register link: max. 2048 bytes

Relay link: max. 2048 points (64 bytes)

Register link: max. 2048 bytes

3-12

[5] Communication system using a ME-NET (JW-21MN)

• The system can communicate between systems supporting the ME-NET specifications (PCs, personal computers, robot controllers, etc.) by mounting a JW-21MN to a JW30H.

• It can offer data linking (N:M method) and computer linking on the same communication line.

• The JW-21MN is an option module, and up to 7 modules (including other option modules) can be mounted only to a basic rack panel.

JW-21MN

(master station)

JW30H

JW-21MN (slave)

JW30H

JW-20MN (slave)

JW70H PC-98

JW-98MN (slave)

5C-2V coaxial cable Total length max. 1 km 1.25M-bits/s Max. 64 stations

Items Specifications

Name of connected models

(PC, personal computer)

JW-21MN (JW20H/JW30H)

JW-20MN (W70H/100H, JW50H/70H/100H), Z-334J (J-board)

ZW-98MN (PC98), JW-90MN (IBM/PC, DOS/V), etc.

No. of connected stations

Max. 64 stations

Number of linked bytes per station

Relay link: Max. 2048 points (64 bytes)

Register link: Max. 2048 bytes

Number of transmission bytes per station

Max. 1024 bytes total of relay link and register link

[6] Communication system using the satellite I/O link (JW-23LMH)

• The system can communicate between a JW-23LMH as an I/O link master station and an I/O link slave module.

• Up to 4 JW-23LMH modules can be mounted only on a basic rack panel.

JW30H

JW-23LMH

(master station)

(slave)

8-point module

(slave)

16-point module

(slave)

32-point module

(Slave station)

LCD control terminal,

manifold solenoid valve, etc.


345.6 kbits/s *Note

Max. 32 slave stations

*Note: The communication speed of 345.6 kbits/s can be achieved only when in communication with following high speed type slave module.

M o s l a v d e l e

I t e m n a m e s t a t i o n o f


8 p o i n t

1 6 p o i n t m o d u l e : m o d u l e :

Z W 8 2 N ( i n p u t ) ,

Z W 1 6 1 N / 1 6 2 N

Z W 8 2 S ( o u t p u t )

( i n p u t ) , Z W 1 6 1 S / 1 6 2 S / 1 6 4 S

1 6 p o i n t m o d u l e

Z W 1 6 2 M ( I / O )

( h i g h s p e e d t y p e ) : Z W 1 6 4 N H ( i n p u t ) ,

Z W 1 6 2 S H ( o u t p u t ) , Z W 1 6

( o u t p

2 M H u t ) ,

( I / O )

3 2 p o i n t m o d u l e ( h i g h s p e e d t y p e ) : Z W 3 2 4 N H ( i n p u t ) ,

Z W 3 2 2 S H ( o u t p u t ) , Z W 3 2 2 M H ( I / O )

8 p o i n t

1 6 p o i n t m o d u l e m o d u l e

( s e n s o r

( s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t o r t y p e ) : t y p e ) :

Z W

Z

8 4 N

W 1 6 2

C

M

( i n p u t )

C ( I / O )

L C D c o n t r o l t e r m i n a l : Z S M 1 0

N u m b e r s t a t i o n s o f s l a v e c o n n e c t e d

N u m b e r p o i n t s o f I / O il n k

M a x .

3 2 s t a t i o n s

M a x .

5 0 4 p o i n t s

3-13

[7] Communication system using the Ethernet (JW-255CM)

Install the JW-255CM on the JW30H, and connect it to a transciever using a transciever cable, you can exchange data with a host computer or any LAN system in the network, on the Ethernet *1.

- Both TCP/IP and UDP/IP protocols are available.

- Data communication is possible between host computers in an Ethernet network and PCs in a satellite network or on an FL-net spanning two layers of hierarchy.

- Communication is possible by up to 8 nodes with one JW-255CM.

- Data can be exchanged between SHARP PCs using SHARP's unique SEND/RECEIVE function.

- Using the subnet mask routing function, the JW-255CM can communicate with a large network system through a router.

* Ethernet is a trademark of the Xerox Corporation.

JW50H/70H/100H Host computer

JW20H

JW30H

J W -2 5 5 C M

CM SD RD 12V T ER FT

S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0

FG

ON

H

I

OFF

L

D

JW20H

JW30H

J W -2 5 5 C M

CM SD RD 12V T ER FT

S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0

FG

ON

H

I

OFF

L

D

JW-255CM

Transceiver cable

(max. 50 m)

JW-255CM JW-50CM

Terminator

Max. number of stations is 100.

Transceiver

10BASE5 coaxial cable

(Yellow cable)

Coaxial cable segment (max. 500 m)

Item

Connection with network

Transfer speed

Physical topology

Transmission device

Transmission method

Max. No. of transfer length

Station interval

Max. No. of stations

Application

Transport

Network

Data link

No. of connections

Application

Specifications

D-SUB15 pins connector

10M bits/s

Bus

50 ohms coaxial cable

Baseband

500 m/segments

2.5 km/network

2.5 m or more

100 sets/segments

*2

Sharp computer link/original command

TCP/UDP

IP (ARP)

Ethernet V2

8

Computer link functtion,send/recieve functions, routing function

*2: The max. number of transfer length between stations connecting multi segments with the repeater.

3-14

[8] Communication system using FL-net (JW-20FL5/T)

The JW-20FL5 (for 10BASE5) and JW-20FLT (for 10BASE-T) are modules for the “FL-net” * 1 next generation control system network. They facilitate connection with different devices such as NC and industrial robot as well as other manufacturers’ PC.

- Entrance (alt. registration, join) to a network is simple by a node automatic entrance and removal function.

- Perform interlock between devices, transfer production instruction, and collection of production result on a single circuit.

- Easy maintenance thanks to data exchange using SHARP’s unique SEND/RECEIVE instruction and remote programming and monitor functions.

*1: “FL-net (FA LINK Protocol Network) is an open FA network system that was suggested by the

Japan FA Open Promotion committee (JOP) in the Production Science Center (governmental foundation) as a shared standard in the field.

Personal computer

10BASE5 coaxial cable (500 m max.)

Terminator FL-net Transceiver

Transceiver cable

(50 m max.)

RC J-board JW20H/30H

JW-20FL5

Z-336J

JW50H/70H

/100H

JW-50FL

Other mfg’s PC

J-board

NC

JW20H/30H

Hub

10BASE-T twisted pair cable (100 m max.)

JW50H/70H

/100H

Maximum number of nodes: 100 / segment

I t e m

C o n n e c t i o n t o n e t w o r k

P h y s i c a l t o p o l o g y

D a t a t r a n s f e r m e d i a

M a x i m u m d i s t a n c e d a t a t r a n s f e r b e t w e e n s t a t i o n s

D a t a t r a n s f e r s p e e d

D a t a t r a n s f e r s y s t e m

P r o t o c o l c o n f i g u r a t i o n

A p p il c a t i o n

T r a n s p o r t

N e t w o r k

D a t a il n k

J W 2 0 F L 5

1 0 B A S E 5

B u s

5 0 o h m

2 .

5 0

5

0 k m m / y e ll o w

/ s e g m c a e n e t w o r k

F A

I P il

U D P n k p r o t

E t h e r n e t V 2 o c o l b n t

*

S p e c i f i c a t i o n s l e

2

B

1

1

0 a s

0 B A

M e b b

5

S E T

1

0 p s a n

0

0 d

1

Z-336J

J W 2 0 F L T

0 t

B A

S w i t

S a s t r

E e

d

T p

JW-20FLT a i r m m /

/ s e g m e n e t w o r k n t

* 3 c a b l e

JW-50FL

*2: The maximum data transfer distance between stations when more than one segment are connected using a repeater.

*3: The maximum data transfer distance between stations when multiple 10BASE-T segments are connected using a hub.

I t e m

C o m m u n i c a t i o n c o n t r o l m e t h o d

N u m b e r o f c o n n e c t i n g s t a t i o n s

C o m m u n i c a t i o n f u n c t i o n


M a s t e r l e s s , t o k e n s y s t e m

M a x i m u m 2 5 4

C

M y a c

M e s x il i c s a m d a t a g u e m t r d a t r a n s f e r a n t s a f l e e r n

( n :

( 1 : 1 , g t h o f n ,

1 :

8 n ) o n e k b i t s f r a

+ m e :

8

1

K w o r d s )

K b y t e s

3-15

[9] Communication system using the JW-20DN DeviceNet

The JW-20DN conforms to the DeviceNet * and can connect various slave stations. It can share other facilities inside/outside Japan.

- It employs multi-drop system that can connect between nodes using a single special cable. Therefore, it offers much wire saving. Branching using a T-branch tap is also available.

- One PC can install maximum four JW-20DNs. Shortening communication time or separation of systems by dividing systems is possible.

- The editing function of scan list facilitate easy allocation of slave station I/O addresses. There is no need configurator.

* DeviceNet is a trademark of the ODVA (Open Device Vendor Association).

[Connection example]

* JW-20DN (Master module)

JW-20DN

MS NS SD RD ER PT

S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0

JW30H

FG

Cable (Trunk)

T branch tap

Terminating resistance

Slave Slave

Cable (branch line)

Slave

Power tap

Terminating resistance

Power supply for communication

(24 VDC)

Slave Slave Slave

Up to 63 slave nodes can be connected to a single master module.

t d i s t a n c e

I

N u m b e r o f

C o m m u n i c t e m s

I / O p o i n t s

C o m m u n i c a t i o n a t i o n s p e e d

( m a x i m u m )

C o m m u n i c a t i o n f u n c t i o n

C y

D o p a t m e a m t a u b n l i c e a a t i s o s i n g c n a m b e l e n t


4 0 9 6 p o i n t s i n p u t a n d o u t p u t t o d a t a t a b l e s ( 5 1 2 b y t e s )

S e l e c t a b l e : 1 2 5 k b i t s / s , 2 5 0 k b i t s / s , o r 5 0 0 k b i t s / s .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s p e e d

T r u n k c a b l e l e n g t h u s i n g a t h i c k

T r u n k c a b l e l e n g

M a x i m u m l e n g t h t h u s i n b r a n c h g a il n e t h i n

T o t a l il n e s l e n g t h o f b r a n c h

1 2 5

5

1

1 k

0

0

6

5

0

0

6 b i m t s m m m

/ s 2 5 0

2

1

7 k

5

0

6

8

0

0 b m i t s / s m m m

5 0 0

1

1

3 k

0

0

6

9

0

0 b m i t s / s m m m

P o l il n g I / O f u n c t i o n , E x p il c i t m e s s a g e f u n c t i o n

-

-

P r o p r i w i r e s , e

1 t a r y c a b l e s h i e l d )

( F i v e c o

T h i c k

T h i n c c a b l e : a b l e :

F o r

F o r t r u n k t r u n k s s o r n d u c b r a n t o r s : c h

2 s i g il n e s n a l w i r e s , 2 p o w e r s o u r c e

I n t h e o r d e r , " v a c a n t s c a n

" e v e il n s n o d e s t e d i t i n g m o d e y o u c a n s e l e c t " a ll o c a t i o n i n a d d r e s s n u m a r e b e r a o c c u p ll o c i e d a t i

" o n a s

, " t h o r e

" m a e t ll o c a t i o n h o d f o r i n

I / O t h e d a o t a r d e m r a i n p p w h i n g i c h

3-16

3-3 System design procedure

The system design procedure is virtually as the same as those of the other conventional relay controllers.

The following is an example of the system design procedure of the JW30H.

Start

System design

Preparation of operation

Select of memory capacity (model of control module) and set up number of I/O module etc.

Individual operation check of each module

Wiring input/output device with JW30H

Address allocation Register I/O

Ladder design

Programming

Debugging

Revise program

Trial operation

NG

OK

Save program

Revising ladder diagram

Store in FD, HD, or flash ROM

Run

3-17

3-4 Cautions on system design

A principle difference between a programmable controller (PC) and a conventional relay circuit is that a PC controls each operation cyclically (in series), whereas relay circuit controls it in parallel.

Therefore, relay circuits limit the effect of an abnormal operation to a block.

However, a PC allows abnormal operations of the whole system when an abnormal condition occur.

In order to create a fail-safe system, we recommend preparing independent external protective circuits for following functions, which may cause a breakdown of machine or injury to workers:

• Emergency stop circuit,

• Protection circuit,

• Operating circuit of high voltage device.

Also, be aware of the operation response time, as a PC operates using cyclic processing.

To prevent mis-operation due to output signal of the output module soon after switching on power to the JW30H, connect in series the halt output for the JW30H in the following operation stand-by circuit.

(1) In case of using AC power supply

85 to 264 VAC(JW-21PU)




JW30H

Input module

• Connecting the input module and output module for lighting lamps in front of emergency stop circuit makes it possible to grasp the stop condition of devices.

Output module

Emergency stop

Operation preparation

JW30H halt output

MC

Thermal

MC switch

Output module

MS1

MS2

MS1

MS2

• When the JW30H stops its operation, all the output module indicate ON/OFF condition just before stopping.

Note: When setting an output holding address in the system memory, all the output after the setting address is retained and you can reset the previously set address.

(only available when power is supplied to the JW30H.)

• Halt output

JW-21PU Relay output: 100/200 VAC,

30 VDC, 1A

JW-31PU Relay output: 100 VAC, 30 VDC,

1A

• Interlock circuit

Prepare external interlock circuit to prevent reverse operation, damage of machines and injury of workers.

Note: When DC output module is used as a output module, use AC relay and install its contact in the emergency stop circuit.

3-18

(2) In case of using DC power supply

（24 VDC）

JW30H

Input module

0V

Output module

Emergency stop

Operation preparation

JW30H halt output

MC

MC

Thermal switch

Output module

MS2

MS1

MS1

MS2

• Connecting an input module and output module for lighting lamps in front of emergency stop circuit makes it possible to grasp the stop condition of devices.

• When the JW30H stops its operation, all the output module indicate ON/OFF condition just before stopping.

Note: When setting an output holding address in the system memory, all the output after the setting address is retained and you can reset the previously set adress.

(only available when power is supplied to the JW30H.)

• Halt output (relay output 100/200 VAC, 30

VDC, 1A)

• Interlock circuit

Prepare external interlock circuit to prevent reverse operation, damage to machines and injury of workers.

3-19

Chapter 4. Name and function of each part

4-1 Control module (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/

33CUH3)

Module retention screw

• JW-31CUH1

1

Up side : 2

Low side : 1

2 Battery life indication label

4

Rating plate

3

Softwave version label

• JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3

Battery life indication label

Module/name label

1

5

6

2

7

A side view of JW-32CUH1/JW-33CUH1/JW-33CUH2/

JW-33CUH3 is same as JW-31CUH1.

3

8

Softwave version label

4-1

1

2

3

4

Name

FAULT lamp (red)

PROTECT switch

Battery cover

PG port (with cover)

Function

Lights when detecting errors by self-diagnosis.

PC stops its operations. (However, it operates even when battery is error.)

Set prohibit (ON), enable (OFF) about writing to program memory and system memory.

A battery module for memory backup is provided inside; opened and closed when replacing battery.

(For exchange method, see page 9·3.)

Connector in order to connecting with support tool.

5

6

COMM1 lamp

COMM2 lamp

Lights when communicating with personal computer or the like, by using PG/COMM1 port.

Lights up in monitoring state by connecting support tool.

Lights when communicating with personal computer or the like, by using PG/COMM2 port.

Lights up in monitoring state by connecting support tool.

7 PG/COMM1 port

(with cover)

A connector for connecting with support tool.

A connector for connecting with device having

Serial I/O port such as personal computer.

8

PG/COMM2 port

(with cover)

A connector for connecting with device having

Serial I/O port such as personal computer. (Also possible to connect with support tool.)

JW-32CUH1 has a switch in rear face of the module. (See the below.)

(JW-32CUH1 rear view)

Model name

JW-31CUH1

JW-32CUH1

JW-33CUH1

JW-33CUH2

JW-33CUH3

JW-31CUH1

JW-32CUH1

JW-33CUH1

JW-33CUH2

JW-33CUH3

Switch (SW2) name label

31.5K WORD

32KB

ＳＷ２

Program 1 file capacity setting switch (SW2)

15.5K WORD

64KB

- Set the program capacity and register

capacity of file 2.

SW2 Program capacity File 2 capacity Set at delivery



Note: Changing settings of the SW2 will erase program contents that have been set before the change, as well as a part of file 2 data. We recommend that you back-up programs and data by using a support tool, such as the JW-100SP, as you may need to use the same data after the change.

After setting changes of the SW2 are completed, be sure to initialize all memory using a support tool such as the JW-14PG.

4-2

4-2 Power supply module

(JW-21PU/22PU/31PU/33PU)

Four models : JW-21PU, JW-22PU, JW-31PU, and JW-33PU are available as power module.


S p e c i f i c a t i o n

A p

U p

L / r o

C v

S e

A d A p p r o

C E v e d

J W 2 1 P U 8 5 t o 2 6 4 V A C .


5 A

J W 2 2 P U 2 0 .

4 t o 3 2 V A C .


5 A

J

J

W -

W -

3 1 P U

3 3 P U

8

8

5

5 t t o o

1

2

3

6

2

4

V A

V A

C .

C .

P

P o w o w e r e r c a p a c c a p a c i t y : i t y :

5

5

V D C

V D C

3

4

.

5

.

5

A

A

O

O O

• When a power supply module is installed on an expansion rack panel, and if a power is supplied to the power supply module on the basic rack panel without supplying power to the power supply module on the expansion rack panel, the system detects as “input/output error” (#160 = Error code

40) or “expansion power supply error” (#160 = Error code 43). Make sure to supply power also to the power supply module on the expansion rack panel.

• The power terminal block is equipped with a terminal block cover at delivery. Remove this cover when you wire. After connecting, make sure to put the cover to the original position.

[1] JW-21PU/22PU/31PU


Module name indication label

POWER

RUN

POWER lamp (green)

(Lights when power is supplyed)

Programmer retention screw hole

Power supply terminal block (with cover)

(See next page)

RUN lamp (green)

- Operating normally, lights ON

- Programming after connecting support tool: Blinking (PC

stops operation)

- Detect errors by self-diagnosis function: Lights OFF (when

battery is error, lights ON.)

• The JW-21PU, 22PU, and 31PU are identical in shape.

Rating plate

Module retention rib

4-3

[Power supply terminal block]

This is a terminal block for connecting extended line of power supply, GND, halt output and the like.

POWER

RUN

*1

L

POWER

INPUT

100-240 VAC

N

*5 Short bar

SHORT

GND

HALT

OUTPUT

100-240 VAC

(24 VDC)

1A

JW-21PU

85 to 264 VAC

Power supply input terminal

*2

GND (grounding) terminal

*3

Halt output terminal

(+)

POWER

INPUT

24 VDC

(—)

JW-22PU

GND

HALT

OUTPUT

24 VDC

(100-240

VAC)

1A

*4

20.4 to 32 VDC


*1

POWER

INPUT

100-120 VAC

L

N

*5 Short bar

SHORT

*2

GND (groung) terminal

GND

*3


HALT

OUTPUT

100-120 VAC

(24 VDC)

1A

JW-31PU

85 to 132 VAC


*2

GND (grounding) terminal

*3


*1 Connect the power supply input of JW-21PU/31PU while paying attention to the L terminal (LIVE: non-grounded side) and N terminal (NEUTRAL: grounded side).

*2 To prevent electric shock and noise error, be sure to separately prepare class-3 grounding.

*3 Be sure to incorporate the line to the external emergency stop circuit.

*4 As for DC input power supply, use power source of 20.4 to 32 VDC (ripple rate 20% or less; however, ripple upper limit: 32 V or less, lower limit: 20.4 V or more).

*5 When testing insulation resistance or dielectric strength of the JW-21PU/31PU power supply modules, be sure to remove the short bar connecting between the SHORT terminal and the GND terminal. The power supply module has a serge absorber connected between the AC input line and the SHORT terminal, as well as a short bar between the SHORT terminal and the GND terminal at the time of shipment. If a test is carried out without removing the short bar, internal elements of the module may be damaged due to overcurrent.

4-4

[2] JW-33PU

POWER lamp(green)

(Lights when power is supplyed)

RUN lamp(green)

・Operating normally, lights ON

・Programming after connecting support tool : Blinking (PC stops operation)

・Detect errors by self-diagnosis function : Lights OFF (when battery is error,

lights ON.)


増設ベースユニット

EXPANSION

RACK PANEL

RACK NO.

L

POWER

INPUT

100 ∼240VAC

N

GND

HALT

OUTPUT

100 ∼240VAC

(24VAC)

1A

JW-33PU

POWER

RUN

Programmer retention screw hole

Rack number label

Write rack number of expansion rack panel.

85 to 264VAC


*1

GND (grounding terminal)

*2


*3

Power supply terminal block (with cover)

Module insert guide

Rating plate


*1: Connect the power supply input while paying attention to the terminal (LIVE: non-grounded side) and N terminal (NEUTRAL : grounded side).

*2: To prevent electric shock and noise, error, be sure to separately prepare class-3 grounding.

Connect with internal between GND terminal.(Short bar having JW-21PU/31PU do not have in JW-33PU).

*3: Be sure to incorporate the line to the external emergency stop circuit.

4-5

4-3 Input/output module

The following models are available in the input/output module.

The input/output module can be installed in any order in the I/O module slot of the basic/expansion rack panel.

■ Kinds of input/output module

I/O module having 8, 16, and 32 points are available.

Special I/O module having 64 points are available.

O

S

I n p

I

I u

/

/ p e t p

O c u

O i u t a t l

M n o d e l a m e

J W 2 0 1 N

J W 2 0 2 N

J W 2 0 3 N

J W 2 1 1 N A

J W 2 1 2 N A

J W 2 1 4 N A

J W 2 3 4 N

J W 2 0 2 S

J W 2 0 3 S

P o i n t s S p e c i f i c a t i o n s

J W 2 0 4 S

J W 2 1 2 S A

J W 2 1 3 S A

J W 2 1 4 S A

J

J

J

J

W -

W

W

2

W -

2 3

2

3 2

6 4

2 6

2

2

S

M

N

S

1 6

1 6

3 2

8

8

8

8

8

1 6

1

1 2

2

1

1

0

0 0

0 0

2

1 2

5 / 1

/

0

/ 2

2

/ 2

1 2 / 2

/ 1

4

/ 2 4

/ 1

4

4

4

2 0

V

2 0

V

V

2 / 2 4

0

D

D

V

C

V

V

C

D C

V D C

A

A

A

C

C

C

( h i g h

( h i g h

V D C , 1 A , s p e e d s p e e d t y p e ) t y p e , t r a n s i s t o r c o n n e c t o r o u t p u t ( s i n k c o n n e c t i o n ) o u t p u t )

1

1

1

3

8

6

6

6

2

1 0 0 / 2 0 0 V A C , 1 A , t r i a c o u t p u t

2 5 0 V A C / 3 0 c o m m o n )

V D C , 2 A , r e l a y o u t p u t ( s e p a r a t e d

5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C , 0 .

5 A , t r a n s i s t o r o u t p u t ( s i n k o u t p u t )

1 0 0 / 2 0 0 V A C , 0 .

5 A , t r i a c o u t p u t

2 5 0 V A C / 3 0 V D C , 2 A , r e l a y o u t p u t

5 / 1 c o n

2 / 2 4 n e c t

V D o r

C , 0 .

1 A , t r a n s i s t o r c o n n e c t i o n ) o u t p u t ( s i n k o u t p u t ,

(

1 2 / 2 4 s i n k

V D C , o u t p u t , i n p u t c o n

1 n e

6 p c t o r o i n c o t s , n n t r a e c t n s i s i o n ) t o r 1 6 p o i n t s o u t p u t , 0 .

1 A

6 4 2 4 V D C ( h i g h s p e e d t y p e , c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t i o n )

6 4

5 / 1 c o n

2 / 2 4 n e c t

V D o r

C , 0 .

1 A t r a n s i s t o r c o n n e c t i o n ) o u t p u t ( s i n k o u t p u t ,

[1] 8/16 points module

Module name label

Input/output signal indication lamp

Lights when inout/output signal "ON"

A

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Current consumption mark

Indications the current consumption of

5 VDC input/output module.

(One label: Approx. 100 mA)

Terminal block retention screw

Input/output terminal block

Connects external lines of input/output devices. (Quick disconnect type)


A p

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

Connector

Connects with connector for the I/O slot of basic/ expansion rack panel.

Rating plate m p l i e a r k i d n


C g s


E

4-6

The terminal block connecting external lines in 8/16 points I/O module is quick-disconnect type. Loosen

2 mounting screws provided in upper and lower positions of the terminal block, then the terminal block can be detached. And a malfunctioning I/O module can be replaced without removing the external lines from the terminal block.



[2] 32 points module

Module name label


Lights when input/output signal is "ON"

A

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

C

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

D

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7


Indication of the current consumption of 5 VDC in input/output module.

(One label: Approx. 100 mA)

Connector retention screw hore

I/O connector

Connects connector which is connected to external lines from input/output devices.

Terminal block retention screw hole


Connector

Connects with connector for the I/O slot of basic/ expansion rack panel.

Rating plate


[Pin No. of I/O connector and signal name]

Signal name

JW-232M

COM.AB

Vacant

JW-232S JW-234N

Ａ−０

Pin

No.

Vacant COM.AB

１Ａ

COM.AB(-) Vacant ２Ａ

３Ａ

Ａ−２

Ａ−４

Ａ−６

Ｂ−０

Ｂ−２

Ｂ−４

Ｂ−６

Ｃ−０

４Ａ

５Ａ

６Ａ

７Ａ

８Ａ

９Ａ

10Ａ

11Ａ

12ＡＣ−２

Ｃ−４

Ｃ−６

Ｄ−０

13Ａ

14Ａ

15Ａ

16ＡＤ−２

Ｄ−４

Vacant

Ｄ−６

Vacant

COM.CD(-) COM.CD(-)

Vacant

COM.CD

17Ａ

18Ａ

19Ａ

20Ａ

Pin

No.

Signal name

JW-234N JW-232S JW-232M

１Ｂ COM.AB Vacant COM.AB

２Ｂ Vacant

３Ｂ

４Ｂ

５Ｂ

６Ｂ

７Ｂ

COM.AB(-)

Ａ−１

Ａ−３

Ａ−５

Ａ−７

Vacant

８Ｂ

９Ｂ

10Ｂ

11Ｂ

Ｂ−１

Ｂ−３

Ｂ−５

Ｂ−７

12Ｂ

13Ｂ

14Ｂ

15Ｂ

Ｃ−１

Ｃ−３

Ｃ−５

Ｃ−７

16Ｂ

17Ｂ

18Ｂ

19Ｂ Vacant

Ｄ−１

Ｄ−３

Ｄ−５

Ｄ−７

Vacant Vacant

20Ｂ COM.CD

COM.CD(-) COM.CD(-)

4-7

[3] 64 points module


Module name indication label


Indicating lamp selector switch

B

C

D

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FUSE

2 1

CN

UNIT

NO.

CN2 CN1

1 : The first half 32 points

2 : The second half 32 points

* Fuse LED

(Only JW-262S)

Module No. switch

Connector retection screw hole

Connector CN2 for I/O (the second half)

Connector CN1 for I/O (the first half)

Connector retention screw hole


Module insert guide

Connector

Rating plate


* The fuse LED (JW-262S only) lights up (red) when the blown fuse or when the load power supply is turned OFF. When the connector CN1 or CN2 is not used (not connected), power supply is not applied to line (+) and COM (–), and hence the fuse LED lights (red). (It has, however, no effect on the output operation of the operating connector side.)

In this case, by connecting the furnished connector to an idle connector and applying power supply between line (+) and COM (–), it prevents from lighting of fuse LED due to idle connector.

[Pin No. of connector CN1, CN2 and signal name]

CN1 (The first half 32 points) CN1

Signal name Pin

JW-264N JW-262S

COM.1

Power supply 1 (+)

Vacant COM.1 (-)

Ａ−０

Ａ−２

No.

１Ａ

２Ａ

３Ａ

４Ａ

Ａ−４

Ａ−６

Ｂ−０

Ｂ−２

５Ａ

６Ａ

７Ａ

８Ａ

９ＡＢ−４

Ｂ−６

Ｃ−０

Ｃ−２

10Ａ

11Ａ

12Ａ

13ＡＣ−４

Ｃ−６

Ｄ−０

Ｄ−２

14Ａ

15Ａ

16Ａ

17ＡＤ−４

Ｄ−６

Vacant COM.1 (-)

18Ａ

19Ａ

COM.1

Power supply 1 (+) 20Ａ

- Pin number 1A and 20A, and

1B and 20B of JW-264N are

respectively connected inside.

CN2 (The second half 32 points) CN2

Pin

No.

１Ｂ

２Ｂ

３Ｂ

４Ｂ

５Ｂ

６Ｂ

７Ｂ

８Ｂ

９Ｂ

10Ｂ

11Ｂ

Signal name

JW-264N JW-262S

COM.1

Power supply 1 (+)

Vacant COM.1 (-)

Ａ−１

Ａ−３

Ａ−５

Ａ−７

Ｂ−１

Ｂ−３

Ｂ−５

Ｂ−７

Ｃ−１

12Ｂ

13Ｂ

14Ｂ

15Ｂ

Ｃ−３

Ｃ−５

Ｃ−７

Ｄ−１

16Ｂ

17Ｂ

18Ｂ

19Ｂ

20Ｂ

Ｄ−３

Ｄ−５

Ｄ−７

Vacant COM.1 (-)

COM.1

Power supply 1 (+)

- Pin number 1A and 19A,

2A and 20B, 1B and 19B,

and 2B and 20B of JW-262S

are respectively connected

insides.

Signal name

JW-264N JW-262S

COM.2

Power supply 2 (+)

Pin

No.

１Ａ

Vacant COM.2 (-)

Ａ−０

２Ａ

３Ａ

４ＡＡ−２

Ａ−４

Ａ−６

Ｂ−０

５Ａ

６Ａ

７Ａ

８ＡＢ−２

Ｂ−４

Ｂ−６

Ｃ−０

９Ａ

10Ａ

11Ａ

12ＡＣ−２

Ｃ−４

Ｃ−６

Ｄ−０

13Ａ

14Ａ

15Ａ

16ＡＤ−２

Ｄ−４

Ｄ−６

Vacant

COM.2

COM.2 (-)

Power supply 2 (+)

17Ａ

18Ａ

19Ａ

20Ａ

- Pin number 1A and 20A, and

1B and 20B of JW-264N are

respectively connected inside.

Pin

No.

１Ｂ

２Ｂ

３Ｂ

４Ｂ

５Ｂ

６Ｂ

７Ｂ

８Ｂ

９Ｂ

10Ｂ

11Ｂ

12Ｂ

13Ｂ

14Ｂ

15Ｂ

16Ｂ

17Ｂ

18Ｂ

19Ｂ

20Ｂ

Signal name

JW-264N JW-262S

COM.2

Power supply 2 (+)

Vacant COM.2 (-)

Ａ−１

Ａ−３

Ａ−５

Ａ−７

Ｂ−１

Ｂ−３

Ｂ−５

Ｂ−７

Ｃ−１

Ｃ−３

Ｃ−５

Ｃ−７

Ｄ−１

Ｄ−３

Ｄ−５

Ｄ−７

Vacant COM.2 (-)

COM.2

Power supply 2 (+)

- Pin number 1A and 19A,

2A and 20A, 1B and 19B,

and 2B and 20B of JW-262S

are respectively connected

insides.

4-8

4-4 Basic/expansion rack panel

[1] Basic rack panel

Basic rack panel has slots for power supply module, control module, and I/O module. In the slot for

I/O module, I/O, special I/O, I/O link, and option module can be connected in mixture.

The basic rack panel has 6 different models, which are classified based on the number of slots to be used for an I/O module, and whether or not it has A JW-31EA, an I/O bus expansion adapter.

Model name

JW-24KB

JW-26KB

JW-28KB

JW-34KB

JW-36KB

JW-38KB

For power supply module

1

1

1

1

1

1

Number of slot

For control module

1

1

1

1

1

1

For I/O module

4

6

6

8

8

4

I/O bus expansion adapter

(Installation of JW-31EA)

Unavailable

Available

The name of each part and its function give and account of the following JW-28KB, JW-38KB.

Different from other basic rack panel only in the number of slots for I/O module.

• JW-28KB, JW-38KB

Slot I/O module

[Fitting I/O ／Special I/O／I/O link／Option module]

Module retention screw hole

Fitting hole

For fitting onto control panel

Slot for power supply module

For fitting power supply module

5V terminal block

For supplying 5 VDC to the next expansion pack panel

Fitting hole

For fitting onto control panel

Slot control module

[For fitting control module]

I/O expansion connentor (OUT)

- JW-28KB

[Connecting I/O expansion cable]

- JW-38KB

Connect an I/O expansion cable or JW-31EA I/O bus expansion adapter.

Module retention rib inserting hole

When fitting module, insert module retention

Note

• Put a connector cover on unused slots to prevent dust from entering.

At the delivery, they are covered by connector covers to keep out dust.

4-9

[2] Expansion rack panel

Expansion rack panel has slots for power supply module and I/O module. In the slot for I/O module, I/O and special I/O module can be connected in mixture. The I/O link and option module can not be installed on it.

The expansion rack panel has 3 different models, which are classified based on the number of slots to be used for an I/O module.


J

J

J

W 3 4 Z

W 3 6 Z

W 3 8 Z

B

B

B

N o .

o f s l o t

F o r s u p p l y p o w e r m o d u l e

1

1

1

F o r I / O m o d u l e

4

6

8

I / O b u s

( I e x p a n s i o n n s t a l l a t i o n a d a p t e r o f

J W 3 2 E A )

A v a li a b l e

The name of each part and its function give on account of the following JW-38ZB. Different from other expansion rack panel only in the number of slots for I/O module.

• JW-38ZB

Slot for power supply module

Module retention hole

Slot for I/O module

[Fitting I/O ／ Special I/O module]

Fitting hole

Rack number switch

Setting an order of the rack for allocating the address

(Set condition at delivery:1)

5V terminal block

Connect 5 VDC cable from basic/expansion rack panel

I/O expansion connector (OUT)

I/O expansion connector (IN)

Connect an I/O expansion cable on JW-32EA I/O bus expansion adapter.

Module retention rib inserting hole

Note

• Put a connector cover on unused slots to prevent dust from entering.

At the delivery, they are covered by connector covers to keep out dust.

4-10

Rack No. of the expansion rack panel

(1) In case of not using I/O bus expansion adapter

System can be configured with up to 4 racks, and each rack ID number will be specified by the settings of the rack number switch on the expansion rack panel.

The basic rack panel is fixed to rack No. 0.

Rack No. switch

Rack No. 3

Rack No. 2

Rack No. 1

It is an error when the rack number switch is set as follows, and the JW30H does not operate.

1. There are plural ON settings.

2. All setting of the rack no. is OFF.

3. Rack numbers are duplicate with other expansion rack panel.

All of the states 1 to 3 result in table registration error (70) or table verify error (60), and the error code is stored in the system memory #160.

The shipping setting of rack number switch is "1" (switch 1 is ON).

4-11

(2) In case of using I/O bus expansion adapter

System can be configured with max. 8 racks when an expansion rack panel, JW-34ZB/36ZB/

38ZB, is connected with an I/O bus expansion adapter, JW-32EA. Each rack panel ID number will be defined by combination of settings for the rack number switches on the expansion rack panel and the JW-32EA.

The basic rack panel is fixed to rack No. 0.

Rack No.

1

2

3

Rack No. switch of expansion rack panel

ON for only

No. 1

ON for only

No. 2

ON for only

No. 3

4

5

6

7

OFF for all

ON for only

No. 1

ON for only

No. 2

ON for only

No. 3

Rack No. switch of I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-32EA)

1-3 side

4-7

1-3

1-3 side

1-3 side

4-7 side

4-7 side

4-7 side

4-7

1-3

4-7

1-3

4-7

1-3

4-7

1-3

4-7

1-3

4-7 side

4-7

1-3

It is an error when the rack number switch is set as follows, and the JW30H does not operate.

1. There are plural ON settings.

2. Rack numbers are duplicate with other expansion rack panel.

Both states 1 and 2 result in table registration error (70) or table verify error (60), and the error code is stored in the system memory #160.

The shipping setting of rack number switch is "1" (switch 1 is ON), and that of I/O bus expansion adapter is "1 to 3" side.

For I/O bus expansion adapter, see page 4-13 to 15.

4-12

(Setting example for rack No.)


Rack No. switch

Rack No. 7

Rack No. 6

Rack No. 5

Rack No. 4

Rack No. 3

Rack No. 2

Rack No. 1


(JW-32EA)

Rack No. switch

4-7

1-3


4-7

1-3

4-7

1-3

4-7

1-3

4-7

1-3

4-7

1-3

4-7

1-3

Note: Rack numbers are not necessarily set in order of added timings. For example, they can be set as shown below.

Rack 0 Rack 1 Rack 2 Rack 4 Rack 3

JW-31EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA

4-13

[3] Important points when using basic /expansion rack panels

System specifications can be defined by the combination of basic rack panel and expansion rack panel as shown in the table below.

E x r a p c k a n s p a i o n e n l

B a s i c p r a c k a n e l J W 2 4 K B / 2 6 K B / 2 8 K B

A N o n e

J W 3 4 Z B / 3 6 Z B / 3 8 Z B

( W i t h o u t J W 3 2 E A )

J W 3 4 Z B / 3 6 Z B / 3 8 Z B

( W i t h J W 3 2 E A )

C

U n a b l e t o u s e c o m b i n a t i o n i n

J W 3

( W i t

4 K h o

B / u t

3 6 K B / 3 8 K B

J W 3 1 E A )

B

D

J W 3 4 K B / 3

( W i t h J W

6

-

K B

3 1

/ 3 8

E A )

K B




E

Specifications

1 Max. number of racks

2 Total expansion length

3 Option bus speed (Note)

4 I/O expansion cable

Combinations of basic/expansion rack panels (as above)

A

1

B

1

C, D

4

E

8

14 m 50 m -

Conventional speed

-

High speed

Conventional speed High speed

-

JW-203EC (30 cm)

JW-207EC (70 cm)

JW-22EC (2 m)

JW-25EC (5 m)

JW-210EC (10 m)

JW-05EC (50 cm)

JW-1EC (1 m)

JW-3EC (3 m)

JW-10EC (10 m)

JW-20EC (20 m)

JW-30EC (30 m)

JW-50EC (50 m)

Note: Option bus speed is data exchange speed between an option module and a control module, and the “high speed” is 5 times faster than the “conventional speed.” The conventional speed is the data exchange speed between a conventional control module, including JW-31CUH/32CUH/

33CUH, and an option module.

(An example of combination C above)

JW-28KB JW-38ZB JW-36ZB JW-34ZB

Total 4 racks

JW-33CUH1 JW-22CM

Conventional speed

JW-210EC

(10 m)

JW-22EC

(2 m)

JW-22EC

(2 m) Total 14 m

(An example of combination E above)

JW-38KB

JW-31EA

JW-38ZB

JW-32EA

JW-38ZB

JW-32EA

JW-36ZB

JW-32EA

JW-34ZB

JW-32EA

Total 5 racks

JW-33CUH1 JW-22CM

High speed

JW-30EC

(30 m)

JW-10EC

(10 m)

JW-3EC

(3 m)

JW-1EC

(1 m) Total 44 m

4-14

4-5 I/O bus expansion adapter

I/O bus expansion adapter for the JW30H has two available models, the JW-31EA and the JW-32EA, that are used to link signals sent from each rack panel. The JW-31EA is installed in the basic rack panel JW-34KB/36KB/38KB, while the JW-32EA is installed in the expansion rack panel JW-34ZB/

36ZB/38ZB. The I/O expansion cable, JW-05EC/1EC/3EC/10EC/20EC/30EC/50EC, is used to connect rack panels. (See page 6-15 for connection method of I/O expansion cable).

I/O bus expansion adapter is used for the following cases:

1) In the case of using min. 5 racks (max. 8) on the rack panel

JW-31EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA

Rack 0 Rack 1 Rack 2 Rack 3 Rack 7

Max. 8 racks on the rack panel

2) In the case of keeping a min. distance of 11 m (max. 50 m) between rack panels, or keeping a min.

distance of 15 m (max. 50 m) between the basic rack panel and the last expansion rack panel:

JW-31EA JW-32EA

JW-31EA

Max. distance of 50 m between the rack panels

JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA

Max. 50m total cable length

3) In the case of operating a high-speed data exchange (5 times faster than without using I/O bus expansion adapter) between an option module, such as JW-21CM and JW-22CM, and a control module on a system that needs an expansion rack panel:

JW-21CM

JW-31CUH1 JW-31EA JW-32EA

High-speed data exchange

4) In the case of creating, changing, or monitoring a program on the expansion rack panel side using a support tool (JW-14PG, JW-100SP etc.).


JW-32EA

JW-14PG

4-15

(1) JW-31EA

Module fixing screw

1

Rating plate

Module fixing screw

1 I/O expansion connector

Connect between the I/O expansion connectors (IN) of JW-32EA using I/O expansion cables.

(2) JW-32EA

Module fixing screw

1

2

3

4

Module fixing screw

5

Rating plate

1 Connector for support tool connection

Connecting a support tool, such as a hand-held programmer, enables creating/changing/monitoring program on the expansion rack panel that is max. 50 meters away.

2 I/O expansion connector (IN)

Connect this connector and an I/O expansion connector (OUT) on the JW-31EAs or the JW-

32EAs (a front rack) using an I/O expansion cable.

3 Rack No. switch

Set rack numbers on the mounted rack panel.

Rack No.

4-7 : When setting racks 4 to 7

1-3 : When setting racks 1 to 3 (setting at delivery)

Rack ID numbers are determined by combined setting of this rack number switches and ones on the expansion rack panel, JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB. See page 4-12 for details.

4 I/O expansion connector (OUT)

Connect this connector and an I/O expansion connector (IN) on the JW-32EA (the next rack) using an I/O expansion cable.

5 Termination connector insert

Insert a termination connector when a mounted expansion rack panel is at the end of the system.

One each termination connector is supplied with each JW-31EA.

4-16

Notes

• Only one support tool can be connected with a JW-32EA. Also, do not connect another support tool to the JW-32EA when a support tool is already connected to the control module. Or it may cause a malfunction.


Control module

JW-31EA JW-32EA

Support tool

JW-32EA

Support tool

Support tool Support tool

• The converntional models JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CHU of the control modules can't be used the

JW-31EA/32EA I/O bus expansion adapter.

4-17

Chapter 5. Installation

5-1 Precautions in installation

The JW30H is not designed for dust and water proof construction.

Therefore, install JW30H in an enclosed panel.

Avoid keeping the JW30H in the following conditions:

1. Ambient temperature extremes outside the range of 0 to 55 °C

2. The relative humidity exceeding the range of 35 to 90%

3. Sudden temperature changes which may cause condensation.

4. Corrosive and flammable gases.

5. Water, oil and organic solvents dripping positions.

6. Dusts, iron and salty conditions.

7. A box in which high voltage device is installed.

8. Strong vibration and shock may usually occur.

Install on a good conductivity metal plated panel instead of painted one for easy grounding and better noise tolerance.

Use zinc plated retention screws of M5 for installing JW30H.

Calculation the avarage comsumption electric power (heating value) of JW30H.

Determine the average power consumption of the entire machine in the following formula, and calculate the temperature rise in the panel.

1) Power supply module.

3

Wpw = × (I

5V

× 5) (W)

7

I

5V

: Current comsumption of 5 VDC circuit of respective module.

2) Tatal comsumption electric power of respective module. (5 VDC)

W

5V

= I

5V

× 5 (W)

3) Average comsumption electric power of total 24 VDC power supply of output module. (Power consumption for simultaneous ON points)

W

24V

= I

24V

× 24 (W)

4) Average power consumption by output module drop voltage of output module. (Power consumption for simultaneous ON points)

Wour = Iour × Vdrop × No. of output points × Simulataneous ON rate

Iour: Output current (current of use) (A)

(W)

Vdrop: Drop voltage of respective output module.

(V)

5) Input module average power consumption of input module. (Power consumption for simultaneous

ON points)

• In case of DC input

W

IN

= I

IN

× E × No. of input points × Simulataneous ON rate

• In case of AC input

(W)

W

IN

= 0.1 × I

IN

× E × No. of input points × Simulataneous ON rate

I

IN

= Input current (Rms value in the case of AC) (A)

E = Input voltage (Voltage of use) (V)

6) Comsumption electric power of special function module.

W

S

= I

5V

× 5 + I

24V

× 24 (W)

(W)

The total of the power consumptions calculated in each module is the power consumption of the entire machine. From this entire power consumption (W), calculate the heat generation and temperature rise in the panel.

5-1

5-2 Installation of basic/expansion rack panel

This section explains the installation method of the basic/expansion rack panel in a control panel.

Fix the basic/expansion rack panel on a partition plate of a control box. Select the appropriate fixing place taking into consideration the size of a wiring duct, wiring to the JW30H, a cable length of the I/O expansion cable, ventilation, maintenance, easy access for exchanging modules etc.

We recommend that you install the basic rack panel at the bottom and the expansion rack panel above the basic rack panel.

Note: Use a high conductive partition plate of plating finish for fitting the basic/expansion rack panel so as to increase noise tolerance.

Installation dimensions of basic/expansion rack panel

B6

A

1

B7

A

3

A

2 A

3

B5

Basic rack panel

A

1

JW-24KB

JW-34KB

JW-26KB

JW-36KB

JW-28KB

JW-38KB

297

368

437

A

2

281

352

421

Installation dimensions (mm)

A

3

B

1

B

2

B

3

B

4

B

5

8

8

8

130 118 8 4 6

B

6

B

7

φ6 R3

Thickness of portion to be inserted (mm)

1.6

Basic rack panel

JW-34ZB

JW-36ZB

JW-38ZB

A

1

A

2

226 210

Installation dimensions (mm)

A

8

3

B

1

B

2

B

3

B

4

B

5

297

368

281

352

8

8

130 118 8 4 6

B

φ6

6

B

7

R3

Thickness of portion to be inserted (mm)

1.6

5-2

Installation of basic/expansion rack panel in control panel

1 Drill fitting holes of basic/expansion rack panel and wiring duct on the control panel and partition plate.

• Refer to page 5-2 for fitting dimension of the basic/expansion rack panel. Keep each rack panel at 50 to 150 mm distance and more, from right and left sides of each rack panel to the end of the panel and the wiring duct for 50 mm and more.

• Keep wiring duct 30 mm distance or more from the basic/expansion rack panel for vertical directions.

Wiring duct

50 to

150mm

Wiring duct

Wiring duct

30mm

5 VDC cable

Wiring duct

I/O expansion cable

30mm

AC/DC power supply

Halt output

Wiring duct

Class-3 grounding

110mm

50 mm or more

2 Fix basic/expansion rack panel on partition plate using M5 screws.

• Prepare M5 retention screws locally. (Recommended installation screw: M5 × 20 mm)

M5 screw hole

Partition panel

M5 screw

Basic/expansion rack panel

To the next page

5-3

From the previous page

3 Fit wiring duct

• Prepare the retention screws locally.

• Use a wiring duct to enable easy external wiring for the I/O ／ Special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module of the JW30H. A fitting base of a wiring duct having the same level of the duct enables ease of external wiring.

4 Set the rack no. switch of expansion rack panel.

• See page 4-11 to 13 for setting a rack no. switch.

5 Install JW30H system configurating modules to basic/expansion rack panel.

• See page 5-5 to 9 for installation of each module (power supply module, control module, input module etc.)

6 Connect I/O expansion cable to basic/expansion rack panel

• I/O expansion cable is to receive signals of each rack panels. Be sure that the total length of the cable does not exceed 14 m (50 m when using an I/O bus expansion adapter).

See page 6-14 to 15 for connecting the I/O expansion cable.

7 Fit partition plate when installing basic/expansion rack panel to control panel.

• Prepare the retention screws locally.

8 Ground the partition plate securely after installation.

5-4

5-3 Installation of power supply module

Power supply module JW-21PU/22PU/31PU/33PU is installed by basic/expansion rack panel.

Be sure to install the power supply module on the basic rack panel. Total consumption current of the power supply module is 3.5 A or less when JW-21PU/22PU/31PU is used, and 4.5 A or less when JW-

33PU is used. (See page 7-1 to 3)

Install a power supply module in any of the cases below:

1. When the total consumption current of the power supply module exceeds 3.5 A when JW-21PU/

22PU/31PU is used, or 4.5 A when JW-33PU is used.

2. When using JW-25EC/210EC, JW-3EC/10EC/20EC/30EC/50EC, in the I/O expansion cable.

Furnish each expansion rack panel with power supply module.

3. When the total length of I/O expansion cable between expansion rack panel covered by the current capacity of one power supply module exceeds 2.1 m.

[Installation]

1 Keep at the back of the module retention rib hanging on the inserting hole and push the whole body of the power supply module to the panel.

2 Tighten module retention screw in upper part of the power supply module using a phillips screwdriver.

Fasten the screw with a torque of less than 1.47 N-m.

Control panel

Rack panel

Module inserting guide


Power supply module

Inserting hole of module retention rib


Basic/expansion rack panel

Power supply module

Phillips screwdriver

Note

Install the power supply module JW-33PU to each rack panel after wiring in 5V terminal block of basic/expansion rack panel and setting switch of expansion rack panel number.

JW-34ZB

［Unit : mm］

JW-33PU

POWER

RUN

Rack No. switch

(Expansion rack panel only)

5V terminal block

99.8

110

L

POWER

INPUT

100-240VAC

N

GND

HALT

OUTPUT

100-240VAC

(24VDC)

1A

55

226

5-5

5-4 Installation of control module

Install the control module (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3) at the basic rack panel

(the power supply module on the right.)

[Installation]

1 Insert connector of control module into a slot for control module of basic rack panel.

Control panel

Rack panel


○ ×

Control module



Note: When a JW-32CUH1 is installed, set the program/file capacity setting switch (SW2) on the back of the control module before the installation. (See page 4-2)

2 Tighten module retention screw in upper and lower part of the control module using a phillips screwdriver. Fasten the screw with a torque of less than 1.47 N-m.


Power supply module


Basic rack panel

Control module


5-6

5-5 Installation of I/O

／

module

[1] Installation to a basic/expansion rack panel

This section contains instructions for installing the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module to the basic/expansion rack panel.

I/O ／special I/O／I/O link／option module can be installed together on basic rack panel. However, the I/O link ／ option module cannot be installed on the expansion rack panel.

Prior to installation/removal of the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module, switch OFF the power supply to the JW30H.

• When setting up the system, arrange so that the total of the current consumptions of each module may be within the output current of the 5 VDC power source supplied from the power supply module. If each module is used beyond the output current of the 5 VDC power source of the power supply module, the current limiting function of the power supply module is actuated to stop the operation of the JW30H.

• Do not neglect to install a surge killer such as varistor on the output line of the relay output module: JW-204S/JW-214SA, as they do not have a surge absorbing circuit. Without installing a surge killer, a sparkling noise from a relay may cause noise trouble to other modules.

[Installation]

1 Keep the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module hanging on the module retention rib in the inserting hole and push the entire body of the power supply module to the panel.

○

Control panel

Rack panel


×

Control panel

Rack panel



Module fixing rib Module retention rib


2 Tighten module retention screw in upper part of the I/O／special I/O／I/O link／option module using phillips screwdriver. Fasten the screw with a torque of less than 1.47 N-m .


Rack panel

Power supply module


Control module

5-7

I/O ／special I/O／I/O link／option module

[2] Installation of module cover

Module cover JW-20CV is a cover fitted on a terminal block of the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module to which external cables are connected.

Module covers are ordered separately (8 sets in one pack.)

[Installation]

1 Put the external lines connected to the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module into the portion reserved for storage portion.

• When the external lines can not be stored in the storage portion, repeat connecting the external lines to the terminal block.

• Put the terminal cover on after installing the external lines in the storage portion.

External lines

Storage portion

Terminal cover

2 Hang the screw at the lower part of the module cover on terminal block, and insert the upper part of the module cover between the LED display panel and the terminal block of the module.

Module cover

[3] Installation of input/output module side board

When power supply module is not installed in the expansion rack panel, attach the side board for

I/O module (called side board hereinafter) to the left end module. The side plate prevents dust from entering into the module. The side board is supplied with the expansion rack panel.

When the power supply module is installed on the expansion rack panel, do not install the side board. Otherwise, module cannot be installed properly.

[Installation]

Hang side board craw on the side of module in order to fix side board, and push side board toward module.

Side board

5-8

5-6 Installation of I/O bus expansion adapter

Install an I/O bus expansion adapter, JW-31EA, on an I/O expansion connector on the right edge of the basic rack panel, JW-34KB/36KB/38KB.

Install an I/O bus expansion adapter, JW-32EA, on an I/O expansion connector on the right edge of the expansion rack panel, JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB.

[Installation]

1 Insert a termination connector, which is an accessory of the JW-31EA, into the JW-32EA only on the last expansion rack panel.

JW-31EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA

Termination conector

Termination connector installation port

JW-32EA


(with JW-31EA)

2 Install a JW-31EA in an I/O expansion connector on the basic rack panel, in the same way as a JW-32EA in an I/O expansion connector on the expansion rack panel.

JW-31EA

Basic rack panel

(JW-34KB/36KB/38KB)

JW-32EA


(JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB)



3 Tighten module fixing screws on the upper and lower sides of the I/O expansion adapter.

Fasten the screw with a torque of less than 1.47 N-cm.

JW-31EA JW-32EA

Phillips screwdriver Phillips screwdriver

5-9

Chapter 6. Wiring

6-1 Precaution for wiring

Follow the below instructions for wiring:

1. Separate power line and I/O lines of the JW30H from high voltage lines and power lines as far as possible. Do not run power lines and I/O lines in parallel with high voltage or power lines.

2. For the I/O expansion cable and wiring the 5 VDC lines, use supplied accessories for the I/O expansion cable.

3. Don't run the I/O expansion cable and the 5 VDC cable inside a duct.

4. Provide easy-to-detach wiring thoroughly considering operability at maintenance and repair.

5. Use twisted cables of over KIV 1.25 square for connection to the primary power input terminal of the power supply module.

6. Use cables of over KIV 0.5 square (0.18 square/32 points connector type) for wiring from the relay terminal block of the control panel to the input module. For wiring to the output module, use cables of over KIV 0.75 square for large capacity such as solenoid valves; and cables of over KIV 0.5 square (0.18 square/32 points connector type), for other usage.

7. Use wires of over KIV 1.25 square for wiring from the relay terminal block to input/output equipment.

8. When the whole factory site is grounded for high electricity and not suitable for the grounding of the JW30H, connect the GND terminal of the JW30H with just the board ground.

9. Use the crimp-style terminals of our recommendation for wiring to the terminal blocks of the

JW30H, whenever possible.

Terminal block dimensions (mm)

- Power supply module

M3.5

Self-locking up screw

- Crimp-style

terminal

dimensions

14.5

Crimp-style terminals (our recommendation: Made by JAPAN

SOLDERLESS TERMINAL MFG.

CO., LTD)

Dimensions (mm)

B<8 d

2

>4

Models

1.25-YS4A

V1.25-YS4A

2-YS4A

V2-YS4A

8.1

- The other module (dimensions in parentheses are for the two layer terminal blocks)

M3.5

Self-locking screw

7.2

6-1

Wiring with noise countermeasures

For your safe usage of the JW30H, observe the “Precaution for Wiring” of the previous page carefully.

Wiring to prevent the JW30H from malfunction caused by noise is shown below. Besides, some malfunctions by noise come from complex causes or a cause which cannot be analyzed in quantity.

Use the following noise countermeasures as your reference, when you take measures for each actual situation.

(1) Grounding

Grounding has two purposes; to protect operators from electric shock and to prevent malfunction by noise. The grounding for noise prevention is shown here.

Don't use a common ground for the JW30H and other device.

When the GND cable of the JW30H is also used for grounding for other device, noise might come into the JW30H from other device.

PC

Other device

Common grounding

Bad example: Don't use the GND line of the JW30H for grounding of a motor or an inverter.

Control panel

Motor (heavy load)

PC ground

Inverter ground

Ground

Terminal block

Class-3 grounding

Countermeasure 1: Separate grounding for each of the JW30H, the motor and the inverter.

Motor (heavy load)

PC ground

Inverter ground

Terminal block

Less than 5m

Use a twisted wire of over 2 mm 2 sectional area and less than 5 m long in grounding the JW30H for the noise prevention purpose.

Countermeasure 2: When separate grounding is not available.

If a separate grounding for the JW30H cannot be made, ground directly from the GND terminal of the JW30H to the chassis on which the JW30H is mounted.

Motor (heavy load)

Ground direct to chassis

AC ground

Inverter ground

Terminal block

Ground

6-2

Note: Observe the following points for direct grounding of the GND cable of the JW30H to the chassis:

• Connect the grounding cable from the GND terminal of the power supply module of JW30H to the chassis in the minimum distance. The same wiring manner should be used for the expansion rack panel.

Power supply module

Basic rack panel

Ground cable

Ground

• Install firmly the basic rack panel and the expansion rack panel on the chassis of the control panel and make sure of the electric conductivity.

Drop the grounding cable into the fastening screw on the rack panel.

Conducted

Chassis


Basic rack panel

• Where the control panel itself is grounded, do not wire between the grounding point and the GND terminal of the JW30H.

Don’t wire here

Ground point of the control panel

PC ground

Reference: Note for fitting the JW30H on the control panel door.

Ground from the GND terminal of the JW30H to the door.

Use a twisted wire of over 2 mm 2 sectional area for grounding cable of the control panel from its door (less than 50 cm.)

Control panel

PC

Door

Connect the PC ground cable with the door.

Connect the door ground cable with the control panel chassis.

6-3

(2) Countermeasure of noise from power supply line

The AC power supply input noise resistance capacity of the JW30H is 1000 Vp-p. When any noise over this limit is possible to come through the power supply line, install an insulation transformer.

Countermeasure: Install an insulation transformer

Noise has a high frequency of 100 KHz to 2 MHz, which should be blocked by a transformer.

AC power supply

Insulation transformer

PC

AC input

Note: When using an insulation transformer, note the following points:

• An insulation transformer with static electricity shield can also prevent noise by static coupling.

• Install and insulation transformer near the power supply input of the control panel in order to block noise at the entrance of the control panel.

Control panel

Insulation transformer

PC

AC power supply

Twisting

Terminal block

• Use two twisted wires in the primary and secondary sides of the transformer.

• Choose the insulation transformer of the capacity of more than 20% higher than that of the rated load. When a transformer of the same capacity as that of the rated load is used, a primary input voltage might exceed the transformer rated capacity and become dangerous state such as emitting smoke.

P o w e r s u p p l y m o d u l e P o w e r c o n s u m p t i o n *

U s i n g t h e c a p a c i t r a n s f o r m e r t y o f

J W 2 1 P U

J W 2 2 P U

J W 3 1 P U

J W 3 3 P U

6 0 V A o r l e s s

7 0 V A o r l e s s

7 2 V A o r m o r e

8 5 V A o r m o r e

* Maximum load capacity when one power supply module is used.

• When a large-capacity transformer with higher voltage in the secondary side is chosen, we recommend to install a intermediate voltage tap.

Primary side

110V

100V

90V

0V

• With particularly large noise, several transformers can be installed, not only to the power supply input of the JW30H but also to the load and AC input.

Breaker

AC power supply

Breaker

For PC power supply

For load

For PC input

6-4

(3) Safeguard from lightning

Below are countermeasures in case when the factory facilities are located far from residential areas and that effects from induced lightning (induced voltage by lightning strikes) are expected.

Note, however, that they are not the measures for direct strikes of lightning. In some cases, the voltage of the induced lightning may go beyond 4000 KV. Therefore, the purpose of these countermeasure is just to minimize the damage on the device.

Factory

Countermeasure 1: Install a surge absorber on the receiver panel of commercial electric power as protection from induced lightning.

Different models should be chosen according to the facilities load and power supply voltage. For your reference, below is a wiring diagram of the outdoor type cubicle for 1.7 KVA.

U

250 VAC input V

Main breaker

30A

Breaker

Surge absorber

E

Special class-3 grounding (less than 10 ohm)

Transformer

(for voltage reduction)

AC100V

PC

AC input

For other device

Ground

Class-3 grounding

Note: Note the following when wiring.

• The ground of the surge absorber is the special class-3 ground (less than 10 ohm ground resistance) and should be separated from the ground of the JW30H. (Class-3 grounding.)

• Install the main breaker before the surge absorber.

• The followings are known surge absorbers in the market. Different types for different power supply voltages.

Commercial power voltage


100 VAC ERZ-A20PK251

Varister voltage: 250V ± 10%

Surge resistant volume:

5,000A (8/20µs)

Energy resistant volume: 90 Joule

200 VAC ERZ-A20PK501

Varister voltage: 500V ± 10%

Surge resistant volume:

5,000A (8/20µs)

Energy resistant volume: 150

Joule

• Use the ground wire of over 3.5mm

2 section area for the surge absorber.

Manufacturer

Matsushita

Electric Co.,Ltd.

6-5

Countermeasure 2: Underground wiring as a countermeasure of lightning.

When communication cables and input cables of the JW30H go out of a building, place them underground. Provide junction for input/output signals using relays.

1. Underground cabling

In a lightning weather condition, the atmosphere is electrically charged and a wiring in the air induces a voltage of over 24 VDC. Therefore, place the wiring under the ground.

Outside panel

60 cm or 120 cm below ground level

As for the depth of cable installation, refer to local regulations.

2. Relay connection for the input/output signals using relays.

The relay isolates the effects of lightning and minimizes the damage.

Relay

CR1

PC

Input

Load CR2

COM

Output

COM

(4) Wire of signal cable for expansion

When turning ON/OFF of the magnet switch installed near the JW30H and the signal cable for expansion, high noise and high voltage may occur to give bad effects on the operation of the

JW30H. Therefore, for prevention of the noise occurrence, insert a noise killer, such as a varistor, at the contact point of the magnet switch. Do not place the signal cable for expansion and the 5

VDC cable inside the duct, through which input/output signal lines and power lines are running.

Varistor

Magnet switch

Signal cable for expansion

5 VDC cable

Wiring duct

Input/output signal lines

6-6

(5) Note for external wiring to I/O module

1. Relay output module: JW-204S/JW-214SA

Since the relay output module does not have a built-in surge absorbing circuit, do not forget to install a surge killer, such as a varistor, in the output side. Operation without a surge killer might give bad effects on other modules by spark noises from the relay. As for the surge killer, see page 7-12 "Precautions for operating I/O module."

2. DC input module: JW-202N/234N, JW-212NA/214NA

When extending the external line of the DC input module for more than 100 m, use shielding wire. Even in case of less than 100 m extension, shielding wires should be used under certain conditions. Do not forget to connect the shield of the shielding wire with the ground of the

JW30H.

Input

PC

Common

Ground

3. AC input module: JW-201N/203N, JW-211NA

Do not use the outputs from a constant voltage transformer and an AC regulator, for the AC power supply to the AC input module. When the constant voltage transformer and the AC regulator are used, the module signal could be turned ON even with an input voltage less than the rate voltage due to a high distortion rate (10 to 50%) of alternative current waves.

The power supply to the AC input module should have a distortion rate of less than 5%.

AC input

Constant voltage transformer

Switch

PC

Input

Common

6-7

4. Wiring with power line

Do not run the input signal, output signal and communication cables of the JW30H near and in parallel with the power line.

• When input and output signal cables are extended over 100 m, make separate wiring for the input signal and the output signal of JW30H.

PC

Separate wiring

Input

Output

When longer than 100m

• Make separate wiring for the input signal and the output signal of the JW30H from the power line. Particularly with the power line for the inverter and the servo driver, do not place signal wires inside the same duct or pipe with the power line, even if they are less than 100 m.

In the same duct

PC Inverter

In separate duct

PC Inverter

6-8

6-2 Wiring for power supply module

In order to prevent wire wastes from dropping into the module through a ventilation hole of the module during the wiring work, keep the caution label stuck onto the upper side of the module. Peel the caution label off of the module when all wiring work is finished.

Fit a cover on the terminal block at delivery. Take off a cover on the power terminal block when wiring, and put the cover back on the terminal block when wiring work is finished.

For wiring, use a twised wire of over KIV1.25 square and crimp-style terminals.

- Power supply

terminal block

dimension (mm)

M3.5


14.5

- Crimp-style

terminal

dimensions



CO., LTD)

Dimensions (mm) Models

B<8 d

2

>4

1.25-YS4A

2-YS4A

V1.25-YS4A

V2-YS4A

8.1

Fasten the screw on the terminal block with a torque of less than 1.18 N-m.

Notes

• Wiring of halt output on the power supply module that is mounted on the expansion rack panel is not necessary. Only the halt output on the power supply module that is mounted on the basic rack panel should be connected to an external operation ready circuit.

• In the case where the power supply module is installed on the expansion rack panel for operating the JW30H, use one power supply system for both power supply module on the basic rack panel and the expansion rack panel. If each power supply is wired from a different system, the JW30H does not run when either one is switched OFF.

6-9

[Wiring figure]

1 JW-21PU/31PU (AC power supply module)

JW-21PU : 85 to 264 VAC

JW-31PU : 85 to 132 VAC

Use an insulation transformer to reduce noise on the power supply line.

Halt output

Be sure to connect the line to the emergency stop circuit.

POWER

RUN

Ground line

To prevent electric shock and noise error, be sure to separately prepare class-3 ground.

• Connect the power supply input of JW-21PU/31PU while paying attention to the L terminal

(LIVE: ungrounded side) and N terminal (NEUTRAL: grounded side).

2 JW-22PU (DC power supply module)

DC power supply

(20.4 to 32V)

＋

−

POWER

RUN

Halt output

Be sure to cennect the line to the emergency stop circuit.

Ground line

To prevent electric shock and noise error, be sure to separately prepare class-3 ground.

• Ensure correct connection for polarity of the input power supply. Mis-connection of the polarity will destroy the module when power is supplied.

• As for DC input power supply, use power supply of 20.4 to 32 VDC (ripple rate 20% or less; however, ripple upper limit: 32 V or less, lower limit: 20.4 V or more).

6-10

3 JW-33PU (AC power supply module)

Noise filter

85 to 264VAC

Install a noise filter to prevent from entering noise on the power supply lines and noise from the power supply module.

External ground

Halt output

Be sure to connect the terminals to the emergency stop circuit.

Ground

- To prevent electric shock and malfunctions due noise, be sure to establish a separate class-3 ground.

- If you cannot make a separate ground, connect the ground terminal directly to the intermediate panel (chasis).

JW-33PU

POWER

RUN

L

POWER

INPUT

100 ∼240VAC

N

GND

HALT

OUTPUT

100 ∼240VAC

(24VAC)

1A

Connect the power supply input to the JW-33PU terminal. Pay special attention to the L terminal

(LIVE : ungrounded side) and the N terminal (NEUTRAL : grounded side).

6-11

6-3 Wiring for I/O module

Before wiring to the I/O module confirm the specifications of the module. If the module is used under the conditions beyond its rated specifications, the module might be damaged, destroyed or cause fire.

Wiring to the I/O module, use a twisted wire of over KIV 0.5 square (over KIV 0.75 square in case of wiring to the output module of large capacity, such as solenoid valves) and crimp-style terminals. For the common line, use bigger wires than the above.

In order to prevent wire wastes from dropping into the module through a ventilation hole of the module during the wiring work, keep the caution label stuck onto the upper side of the module. Peel the caution label off of the module.

- Terminal block

dimension (mm)

- Crimp-style

terminal

dimensions

M3.5




CO., LTD)

Dimensions (mm) Models

B<7.2

d

2

>4

1.25-YS4A

2-YS4A

V1.25-YS4A

V2-YS4A

7.2

(Dimension in parentheses two layer terminal blocks)

Do not include the I/O lines in the same pipe or duct as high-voltage lines and power lines.

It might cause malfunction or damage to the module.

Avoid wiring over the operation indicator (LED indication port) of the module.

[1] Terminal block type of 8/16 points

Open the terminal cover of the module when wiring.

Ensure correct connection for polarity of the input power supply. Mis-connection of the polarity will destroy the module when power is supplied.

Fasten the screws on the terminal block with a torque of less than 1.18 N-m.

After the wiring work, close the terminal cover and install a module cover: JW-20CV (optional), wherever possible. (See page 5-8)

6-12

[2] Connector type of 32/64 points

(1) Assembly of the connector

Note that the terminal numbers of the connector are not identical with address numbers.

1 Insert insulation tube into signal line.

2 Solder signal line to connector terminal.

Confirm the connector terminal and its address number, before soldering.

3 Assemble connector.

Assembly parts (screws, washers and nuts) are attached to the connector.

2N

2N

2M ×10 Washer

2M ×8

Soldering

Jack

Insert a tube

2M ×10

2N

2M ×8

Cover

Use the following recommended cable for the signal line.

Recommended cable: Multiple vinyl insulation vinyl sheath cable

18P × 0.18 57VV-SB (made by FUJIKURA LTD.)

(2) Connection with the module

Use a slot screwdriver

Ensure correct connection for polarity of the input power supply. Mis-connection of the polarity will destroy the module when the power is supplied.

Attached connector of 32/64 points I/O module is soldering type, and available for connector of pressure welding/crimp-style.

W i r i n g M o d e l n a m e M a n u f a c t u r e r

R e c o m m e n d e d w i r i n g s i z e

R e m a r k s

P r w e e l s d s i u n r e g (

F C

C o

N n

n

3 e

6 c

7 t

J o

0 r )

4 0 A U / F

F

A l a

W t c

G a b l

2

A W G 3

8

0 e 1

( s i n

.

2

( t w i s t

7 e g l e m m d w i r e p w i r e )

) i t c h

R e c o m m e n d e d o u r o f c r t o o l i m p s t y l e m a d e b y F U J I T S U

C O .

, L T D .

* 1

C r i m p s t y l e

S o l d e r i n g

(

F C N 3 6 0 C 0 4 0 B

C o n n e c t o r c o v e r )

F C N 3 6 3 J 0 4 0

( H o u s i n g )

F C N 3 6 3 J A U

( C o n t a c t )

(

F C N 3 6 0 C 0 4 0 B

C o n n e c t o r c o v e r )

F C N 3 6 1 J 0 4 0 A U

( C o n n e c t o r )

F

L

U

T

J

D

I T S U C O .

,

(

A W G 2 4

S

0 t

.

r

Ø 1 i

2 p

.

2

6 o r

A W G 2 3 t o t t o o u t e r o

A W G 2 o f l e s s

2

0 .

1 2

6 m m 2 )

8 c a b l e i s

R e c o m m o u r

A c c c r i e m s s p s t y l e t o o l

F U J I m a d e

T S U b y

C O .

,

L T D .

* 2 e n d e d o r i e s

*1 Hand press: FCN-707T-T101/H Cable cutter: FCN-707T-T001/H

Locator plate: FCN-367T-T012/H

*2 Manual crimp tool: FCN-363T-T005/H

6-13

6-4 Wiring for basic/expansion rack panel

[1] Installation of I/O expansion cable

(1) Install basic/expansion rack panel in direct

Connects between the basic rack panel and the expansion rack panel, or between the expansion rack panel and another expansion rack panel using following cables.

(Max. 4 racks can be connected)

Model name Cable length

JW-203EC 30 cm

Remarks

With 5 VDC cable (30 cm)

JW-207EC

JW-22EC

JW-25EC

JW-210EC

70 cm

2 m

5 m

10 m

With 5 VDC cable (70 cm)

With 5 VDC cable (2 m) and a short connector

With short connector,

Without 5 VDC cable

When connecting the I/O expansion cable, take care with the IN and OUT parts of each rack panel as follows. Mis-connection indicates “I/O table verify error 60

(H)

” or “I/O table registration error

70

(H)

” and the JW30H cannot start operation.

Short connector

IN

OUT

IN

OUT

When using the JW-22EC/25EC/210EC with the I/O expansion cable, be sure to install a short connector (for termination resistance) in OUT side of the final expansion rack panel. Otherwise, an error may occur.

When using only JW-203EC/207EC, installation of short connector is unnecessary.

- Separate sale of only the short-circuit connector (QCNCW5252NCZZ) is also available.

Allowable total length of the I/O expansion cable is 14 m max.

When connecting the I/O expansion cable with each rack panel, be careful of its installation position and direction, and fix firmly using lock lever.

Fitting position of I/O expansion cable

I/O expansion connector (black, OUT)

I/O expansion cable OUT side connector (black)

I/O expansion cable IN side connector (brown)

I/O expansion connector

(brown, IN)

I/O expansion cable

I/O expansion cable OUT side connector (black)

I/O expansion connector (black, OUT)

Fitting direction of I/O expansion cable

Lock lever

Note 1: When using the JW-25EC, JW-210EC as an I/O expansion cable, fix the shield line of the I/O expansion cable at fixing rack panel.

6-14

(2) When installing in an I/O bus expansion adapter

Connect an I/O bus expansion adapter, JW-31EA (mounted on a basic rack panel), to a JW-32EA

(installed in an expansion rack panel), or between two JW-32EAs using one of the following cable assemblies. (Max. 8 racks can be connected).

Model name Cable length Remarks

With 5 VDC cable (50 cm) JW-05EC

JW-1EC

50 cm

1 m With 5 VDC cable (1 m)

JW-3EC

JW-10EC

JW-20EC

JW-30EC

JW-50EC

3 m

10 m

20 m

30 m

50 m

No accessories

When an I/O expansion cable is connected, do it correctly as shown in the figure below while being careful of the IN and OUT connection of the I/O bus expansion adapter. If IN and OUT are inversely connected, the JW30H will not start operation and become either “I/O table verify error 60

(H)

” or “I/

O table registration error 70

(H)

” status.

JW-32EA

JW-32EA

JW-31EA

Insert a termination connector in the expansion connector (OUT) of the last JW-32EA.


I/O expansion cable

(can be connected to either IN or OUT)




The total length of cables must be no more than 50 meters.

Put the each end of the shield lead wire of the I/O expansion cable in between the module fixing screw and the I/O bus expansion adapter, and then tighten the screws.

I/O expansion cable insertion direction Shield lead wire

6-15

Shield lead wire

[2] Wiring for 5 VDC cable, process of panel wiring

Be sure to supply 5 VDC to the expansion rack panel without power supply module, through the 5 VDC terminal block of the basic/expansion rack panel with power supply module. Without a supply of 5

VDC power supply, the I/O module cannot run.

- Be careful not to mistake polarity in connection of basic/expansion rack panel into the 5 VDC terminal block. Mis-connections might damage the module or cause fire.

- Do not use a 5 VDC cable for connection between rack panels that are used to install power supply modules. Connect these may cause malfunction.

- For wiring to the 5 VDC terminal block, use crimp-style terminals.

- In order to prevent wire wastes from dropping into the module through a ventilation hole of the module during the wiring work, keep the caution label stuck onto the upper side of the module. Peel the caution label off of the module.

- Fasten the screw on the terminal block with a torque of less than 1.18 N-m.

(1) Wiring processing example of four rack systems

Wiring duct

When using the JW-22EC

/25EC/210EC with the I/O expansion cable, be sure to install a short connector (for termination resistance, attached to I/O expansion cable.) Otherwise, an error may occur.

When using only JW-203EC

/207EC, installation of short connector is unnecessary.

Wiring duct

I/O expansion cable

5 VDC cable

Wiring duct

AC/DC power supply

Halt output

Class-3 grounding

Wiring duct

Connect AC/DC power supply to the power supply module from the same power.

Do not place the I/O expansion cable and the 5 VDC cable in the same duct or pipe as the I/O lines and the power lines of the JW30H.

6-16

(2) Wiring processing example of eight rack systems

Wiring duct

Wiring duct

5 VDC cable

Wiring duct

AC/DC power supply

Halt output

Class-3 grounding

Wiring duct


6-17

Chapter 7. Directions for use

7-1 Current consumption of module

Each module in the JW30H operates by 5 VDC output current supplied by the power supply module:

JW-21PU/22PU/31PU/33PU. The make up the system configuration plan is such that the total current consumption of each module does not exceed the current capacity of the power supply module. When the total current consumption of each module exceeds the supply capacity, the JW30H stops operation by the current limit function of the power supply module.

The current consumption in each module can be found using the following two methods:

1. Total numbers of a current consumption indication marks which are shown on stickers next to model indication label in each module.

2. Calculate the total current consumption.

• Output current of 5 VDC power supply

M o d e l n a m e O u t p u t v o l t a g e

J W 2 1 P U

J W 2 2 P U

J W 3 1 P U

J W 3 3 P U

5 V D C

O u t p u t c u r r e n t

3 .

5 A

4 .

5 A

(1) Current consumption of each module

1 Control module


C u r r e n t c o n s u m p t i o n : m A

J W 3 1 C U H ( C o n t r o l m o d u l e )



J W 3 1 C U H 1 ( C o n t r o l m o d u l e )





6 5 0

6 5 0

6 5 0

6 5 0

5 0 0

5 0 0

5 0 0

6 5 0

N o c o n s

.

o u m f c u r r e n t p t i o n m a r k

-

2 Support tools


J W 1 4 P G ( H a n d h e l d p r o g r a m m e r )



J W 2 P G ( H a n d h e l d p r o g r a m m e r )


2 0 0

2 0 0

2 0 0

2 0 0

N c o n o .

o f s u m p c u r r e n t t i o n m a r k

-

3 I/O bus expansion adapter


J W 3 1 E A ( I / O b u s e x p a n s i o n a d a p t e r )

J W 3 2 E A ( I / O b u s e x p a n s i o n a d a p t e r )


6 0 0

4 5 0

N o .

o f c u r c o n s u m p t i o n r e n t m a r k

-

7-1

4 Input/output ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module

I / O


J W 2 0 1 N ( 1 0 0 / 1 2 0 V A C i n p u t )

J W 2 0 2 N ( 1 2 / 2 4 V A C i n p u t )

J W 2 0 3 N ( 2 0 0 / 2 4 0 V A C i n p u t )

J W 2 1 1 N ( 1 0 0 / 1 2 0 V A C i n p u t )

J W 2 1 1 N A ( 1 0 0 / 1 2 0 V A C i n p u t )

J W 2 1 2 N ( 1 2 / 2 4 V D C i n p u t )

J W 2 1 2 N A ( 1 0 0 / 1 2 0 V A C i n p u t )

J W 2 1 4 N ( 1 2 / 2 4 V D C i n p u t )

J W 2 1 4 N A ( 1 2 / 2 4 V D C i n p u t )

J W 2 3 4 N ( 1 2 / 2 4 V D C i n p u t )

J W 2 0 2 S ( 5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C o u t p u t )

J W 2 0 3 S ( 1 0 0 / 2 4 0 V A C o u t p u t )

J W 2 0 4 S ( R e l a y o u t p u t )

J W 2 1 2 S ( 5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C o u t p u t )

J W 2 1 2 S A ( 5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C o u t p u t )

J W 2 1 3 S ( 1 0 0 / 2 4 0 V A C o u t p u t )

J W 2 1 3 S A ( 1 0 0 / 2 4 0 V A C o u t p u t )

J W 2 1 4 S ( R e l a y o u t p u t )

J W 2 1 4 S A ( R e l a y o u t p u t )

J W 2 3 2 S ( 5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C o u t p u t )

J W 2 3 2 M

V D C o u t p u

( 1 t )

2 / 2 4 V D C i n p u t , 5 / 1 2 / 2 4

J W 2 6 4 N ( 2 4 V D C i n p u t )

J W 2 6 2 S ( 5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C o u t p u t )

J W 2 1 H C ( H i g h s p e e d c o u n t e r )

J W 2 2 H C ( H i g h s p e e d c o u n t e r )

S p e c i a l

I / O

J W 2 4 A D ( A n a l o g i n p u t )

J W 2 2 D A ( A n a l o g o u t p u t )

J W 2 1 D U ( I D c o n t r o l m o d u l e )

I / O il n k

J W 2 2 D U ( I D c o n t r o l m o d u l e )

J W 2 1 S U ( S e r i a l i n t e r f a c e m o d u l e )

J W 2 1 P S ( P u l s e o u t p u t m o d u l e )

J W 2 3 L M H ( I / O il n k m a s t e r m o d u l e )

J W 2 1 C M ( L i n k m o d u l e )

J W 2 2 C M ( N e t w o r k m o d u l e )

J W 2 1 M N ( M E N E T m o d u l e )

J W 2 5 C M ( J W / O il n k m o d u l e )

O p t i o n

J W 2 5 5 C M ( E t h e r n e t m o d u l e )

J W 2 0 F L 5 ( F L n e t m o d u l e )

J W 2 0 F L T ( F L n e t m o d u l e )

J W 2 0 D N ( D e v i c e N e t m a s t e r m o d u l e )

J W 2 1 R S ( r e m o t e I / O s l a v e s t a t i o n ) c o n s u m p t i o n

( w h e n

C u r r e n t a l l

: p o i n t s m A

O N )

4 0

4 0

4 0

6 0

6 0

6 0

6 0

6 0

6 0

8 0

1 9 0

1 3 0

2 6 0

5 5 0

5 5 0

3 2 0

3 8 0

6 0

6 0

2 6 0

2

3

2

1

0

5

0

4

0

0

0

0

1 2 5

3 6 0

3 6 0

1 3 0

3 7 0

4 0 0

1 7 0

1 5 0

1 2 0

6 0

3 0 0

1 2 0

1 0 0

9 0

7 5

4 0 0

2

4

2

2

4

4

2

2

4

2

1

4

1

1

1

3

2

N o .

o f c u r r e n t c o n s u m p t i o n m a r k

1

1

1

1

1

1

4

1

2

2

1

1

1

1

3

5

1

3

5

3

4

2

2

7-2

(2) Calculation of current consumption (by current consumption mark).

Add up the total numbers of the current consumption mark on strickers next to the model name label.

One mark of current consumption means approx.100 mA.

Constitute a system in order to follow the below conditions:

Count the current consumption marks of each module which is supplied power, and the total number of the mark should not exceed 35.

The example below is calculated on the conditions that 7 control modules, 2 support tools,

6 I/O bus expansion adapters JW-31EA, and 5 JW-32EA are used.

[Example] Calculation of the total current consumption in the system configiration below:

Control module : JW-33CUH1

Hand-held programmer : JW-14PG

100/120 VAC input module

100/240 VAC output module

: JW-201N

: JW-211NA

: JW-203S

: JW-212SA

8 sets

8 sets

8 sets

8 sets

No. of marks

JW-33CUH1

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 9

JW-14PG

JW-201N · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 8

JW-211NA · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 8

JW-203S · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 16

JW-212SA · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 8

Total 49

The number of total current consumption marks is 49 in the above system configuration, and another power supply module is required in the expansion rack panel.

(3) Calculation of current consumption (by calculating current consumption)

As the calculation example, calculate current consumption taking the system configuration in the example of (2).

JW-33CUH1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 0.65A

JW-14PG · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 0.2A

JW-201N · · · · · · · · 0.04 × 8 = 0.32A

JW-211NA · · · · · · · 0.06 × 8 = 0.48A

JW-203S · · · · · · · · 0.13 × 8 = 1.04A

JW-212SA · · · · · · · 0.06 × 8 = 0.48A

Total 3.17A

The total current consumption is 3.17 A, and another power supply module is not required in the expansion rack panel.

As indicated above, the total current consumption calculation method requires no more power supply module, but the current consumption mark method requires another power supply module. Therefore, get total current consumption using calculation method for determine system configuration. The mark counting method gives only a rough estimate.

7-3

7-2 Allocation of the relay number

Relay numbers of input, output, special, and option module are assigned by automatic registration when the power source is turned ON (protect switch: OFF), or by I/O registration (automatic registration/ table creation) of the support tool (corresponding to JW30H). As the assignment, relay points are registered in the control module of JW30H, by the type of the mounting module, in every rack and slot number of the basic and expansion rack panel. When the protect switch of the control module is OFF and the system memory #247 = 0, the relay numbers are assigned automatically when the power source is turned ON. After automatic registration, prohibit automatic registration during operation by turning ON the protect switch or writing #247 = 03

HEX

.

The registered relay number is verified by self-diagnosis when changing the mode of JW30H (starting operation from stopped state). As a result of verification, if different from the mounted module, the fault lamp of the control module lights, and the JW30H stops operation. At the same time, the error code 60 (table verify error) is stored in the system memory #160.

[1] Kinds of I/O registration

I/O registration of JW30H have “Auto registration” and “Table creation.”

(1) Auto registration

Top addresses of rack numbers 0 to 7 are set automatically in the continuous address from ｺ0000.

Rack No. 3 Rack No. 7



ｺ0000


• Max. number of I/O points and I/O relay area.

Control module Max. No. of I/O points

JW-31CUH1

JW-32CUH1

JW-33CUH1/2/3

512 points

1024 points

3072 points *Note 1

I/O relay area

ｺ0000 to ｺ0177

ｺ0000 to ｺ0277

ｺ0000 to ｺ0377

*Note 1:When 32 stations each of the 32-point module and the 64-point module (special I/O module) are mounted, the max. number of I/O points will be 3072. (32 points x 32 sets + 64 points x 32 sets = 3072 points)

However, the relay area for 64-point module uses relay which are for a special I/O module, and occupies 16 points per module.

Therefore, the number of occupied I/O relay points in this case is 1536.

(32 points x 32 sets + 16 points x 32 sets = 1536 points) [See “Module installation examples” on page 7-7.]

7-4

Note 2: The I/O mounted on the remote I/O slave station JW-21RS is not registered automatically.

When the master station is JW-21CM and the slave station is JW-21RS, the I/O registration of slave station is registered in the parameter of JW-21CM.

(2) Table creation

In the expansion rack panel (rack numbers 1 to 7), the top address of relay number is set in even address (within area of ｺ0000 to ｺ1577).

Setting the top address Setting the top address


Setting the top address






ｺ0000

Fixing ｺ0000 for the top address of rack No.0



• Don't allow duplicate numbers in the relay number of previous rack and relay number of next rack.

• Max. number of I/O points and I/O relay area.

I/O relay area Control module

JW-31CUH1

JW-32CUH1

JW-33CUH1/2/3

Max. No. of I/O points

512 points

1024 points

3072 points *Note

ｺ0000 to ｺ1577

*Note 1:When 32 stations each of the 32-point module and the 64-point module (special I/O module) are mounted, the max. number of I/O points will be 3072. (32 points x 32 sets + 64 points x 32 sets = 3072 points)

However, the relay area for 64-point module uses relay which are for a special I/O module, and occupies 16 points per module.

Therefore, the number of occupied I/O relay points in this case is 1536.

(32 points x 32 sets + 16 points x 32 sets = 1536 points) [See “Module installation examples” on page 7-7.]

7-5

[2] I/O relays allocated to each module

Relay numbers in each rack penel are automatically allocated in series following each rack top address set by I/O register. Number of points and contents of relays allcated varies with kinds of module.

Kinds of module

Allocation No.

of points

Contents of allocated relay No.

8 points input/output 16

Instead of 8 points, 16 points are assigned.

• The first half 8 points is acceptable for input/output and the second half 8 points is unacceptable area for this module.

16 points input/output

32 points input/output ／ I/O

16

32

Acceptable for 16 points as I/O module.

Acceptable for 32 points as input, output, and

I/O module.

Special I/O

(64 points input/output)

16

Although 16 points are assigned, this is a dummy area not used in this module.

• In the 64 points I/O module, the relay area for special I/O module can be used as I/O module.

Special I/O

(except for 64 points)

I/O link master station

16

Although 16 points are assigned, this is a dummy area not used in this module.

Option

Vacant slot

16

Allocation for 16 points.

[3] Maximum number of input/output points and allocation of input/output relays

Each control module has own maximum number of control input/output points. However, number of relay points that affect maximum number of control input/output points varies with each model. Be careful that these are different from number of relay allocation points.

C o n t r o l m o d e l m o d u l e n a m e

J W 3 1 C U H 1

J W 3 2 C U H 1

J W 3 3 C U H 1 / 2 / 3

M a x i m u m n u m b e r o f c o n t r o l I / O p o i n t s

5 1 2 p o i n t s

1 0 2 4 p o i n t s

3 0 7 2 p o i n t s

M a x i m u m o f I / O n u m r e l a y b e r a l l o c a t i o n p o i n t s

1 2 8 0 p o i n t s

I / O r e l a y a r e a

A u t o m a t i c r e g i s t r a t i o n

ｺ

0 0 0 t o

ｺ

0 2 3 7

C r e a t e t a b l e

1 5 3 6 p o i n t s

2 0 4 8 p o i n t s

ｺ 0 0 0 t o ｺ 0 2 3 7

ｺ

0 0 0 t o

ｺ

0 2 3 7

0 t 1 5 7 7

M o d u l e t y p e

8 p o i n t i n p u t / o u t p u t m o d u l e s

1 6 p o i n t i n p u t / o u t p u t m o d u l e s

3 2 p o i n t i n p u t / o u t p u t / I / O m o d u l e s

6 4 p o i n t i n p u t / o u t u t

S p e c i a l

I / O m o d u l e

O t h e r t h a n i n p u t / o u t p u t

6 4 p o i n t

I / O il n k m a s t e r m o d u l e

O

V p a t c i o n a n t m s l o o t d u l e p

N u m b e o i n t s r o f t h a t r e l a y a f f e c t o m a x i m u m f c o n t r o l n u m b e r

I / O p o i n t s

1 6 p o i n t s

1 6 p o i n t s

3 2 p o i n t s

6 4 p o i n t s *

0

0

0

0

N u m b e r o f p a l l o c a t i o n o i n t s o f I / O r e l a y s

1 6 p o i n t s

1 6 p o i n t s

3 2 p o i n t s

1 6 p o i n t s

M a x i m u m n u m b e r o f i n s t a l l e d m o d u l e s

6 4 m o d u l e s

6 4 m o d u l e s

6 4 m o d u l e s

3 2 m o d u l e s

1 6 p o i n t s

1

1

1

6

6

6 p o p o p o i n t i n t i n t s s s

4

7 m o m o d u l e s

d u l

e s

R a c k s c a n i n s t h a t a l l t

R a c k 0 t o 7

R a c k 0 t o 7

R a c k 0 t o 7

R a c k 0 t o 3

R a c k

R a c k

R a c k

0

0

0 t o 7

* The 64-point input/output module uses special I/O relay area ( ｺ3000 to ｺ3777) for its control relay.

7-6

C m o o n m o n d t r u d e a m l o e l e l

J W 3 1 C U H 1

M a x i m u m n u m b e r o f m o d u l e s i n s t a l l e d

8 p o i n t , 1 6 p o i n t i n p u t / o u t p u t m o d u l e s

3 2 p o i n t i n p u t / o u t p u t /

I / O m o d u l e s

S p e c i a l I / O m o d u l e ( 6 4 p o i n t i n p u t / o u t p u t )

N u m b e r m o d u l e s i n s t a l l e d c a o t n b h e r e t h a n t h e l e f t

( i n c l u d i n g v a c

N u m a n b e t r s l o t s ) s i n [ ] a r e s p e c i a l I / O m o d u l e s

3 2 m o

0

0 d u l e s

1 6 m

0 o

0 d u l e s

8

0

0 m o d u l e s

3 2

[ 3 2 m o d u l e s m o d u l e s ]

4 8


5 6


J

J

J

J

W -

W -

W -

W -

3 2

3 3

3 3

3 3

C U

C U

C U

C U

H 1

H 1

H 2

H 3

6

6

4

4 m m o

0

0 o

0

0

0 d u d u l l e s e s

3

6

3

2

4

2 m m m

0 o d

0

0 o

0 d o d u l e u l e u l e s s s

1

3

3

6

2

2 m m m

0

0 o

0

0 o o d u d d u l u l l e s e e s s

[

3

4

2

8

1 6

3 2

0 m o d

[ 0 ] m o d u l e s u l e s m o d u

0

0 m o d

[ 0 ]

0 l e s ] u l e s

N u m b c

5

5 o

( 1 6

1 n t p o

1 2 p o i n t s

2 r o e r

( 3 2 p o i n t s l i n t s p o i n x o f

I / O t s

3 2 ) p o i n t s x 1 6 ) r

N

( 1 6 e l u a m y b e p o i r o n t s f I / O a l l o c a t i o n p

1 0 2 4 x 3 2 + p o i n t s

1 6 p x

( 3 2 p

1 2 8 0 x 1 6 + p o i n t s

1 6 p x

3 2 )

4 8 )

5 1 2

( 6 4 p o p o i n t s i n x t s

8 )

1 0 2 4 p o i n t s

( 1 6 p o i n t s x 6 4 )

1 0 2 4 p o i n t s

( 3 2 p o i n t s x 3 2 )

( 1 6

1 0 2 4 p x 8 + p o i n t s

1 6 p x 5 6 )

1 0 2 4

( 1 6 p p o i n t s x 6 4 )

( 3 2 p

1 5 3 6 x 3 2 + p o i n t s

1 6 p x 3 2 )

1 0 2 4

( 6 4 p p o i n t s o x i n t s

1 6 )

1 0 2 4 p o i n t s

( 1 6 p o i n t s x 6 4 )

2 0

( 3 2

4 8 p o i n t s p o i n t s x 6 4 )

( 1 6 p

1 0 2 4 x 1 6 + p o i n t s

1 6 p x 4 8 )

1 0 2 4

( 1 6 p p o i n t s x 6 4 )

2 0 4 8

( 3 2 p p o i n t s x 6 4 )

2 0

( 6 4

4 8 p o i n t s p o i n t s x 3 2 )

3 0 7 2

( 3 2 p x p o i n t s

3 2 + 6 4 p x 3 2 )

( 1 6 p

1 0 2 4 x 3 2 + p o i n t s

1 6 p x 3 2 )

( 3 2 p

1 5 6 3 x 3 2 + p o i n t s

1 6 p x 3 2 )

Numbers above are true when one JW-38KB basic rack panel (8 slots) and 7 sets of JW-38ZB expansion rack panels (8 slots) are used. (Total = 8 slots x 8 racks= 64 modules)

[4] Operation method of I/O module registration using support tool.

Using next support tool (correspond to JW30H), I/O module registration is possible by menu operation.

See instruction manual of respective model for operation method.

[Support tool correspond to the JW30H]

• JW-14PG

• JW-13PG (with B mark)

• JW-50PG (Ver. 5.5 or more)

• JW-100SP

• JW-50SP (Ver. 5.5I or more)

• JW-92SP (Ver. 5.5 or more)

• JW-52SP (Ver. 5.5 or more)

7-7

[5] Allocation example of relay no.

(1) Example of auto registration

This is to show the relay numbers in the following system configuration.

02000 02020 02040 02060 02100 02140 02160 02200

Rack No.1

16 points input module

16 points output module



02017 02037 02057 02077 02137 02157 02177 02217

Special module

Vacant slot

Special (64 points output) module


00000 00020 00040 00060 00100 00140 00160 00200

Rack No.0

Power supply module

Control module





00017 00037 00057 00077 00137 00157 00177 00217

Special／I/O link／Option module

Vacant slot



(2) Example of table creation

This is to show the relay numbers when the top address of rack number 1 is set at ｺ0200 in the following system configuration.

02000 02020 02040 02060 02100 02140 02160 02200

Rack No.1





02017 02037 02057 02077 02137 02157 02177 02217

Special module

Vacant slot



00000 00020 00040 00060 00100 00140 00160 00200

Rack No.0

Power supply module

Control module





00017 00037 00057 00077 00137 00157 00177 00217

Special／I/O link／Option module

Vacant slot



7-8

7-3 Data memory for special I/O, I/O link, and option module

Data memory for special I/O, I/O link, option module is set by module No. switch of module face as follows:

M o d u l e n a m e M o d e l n a m e

M o d u l e

N o .

s w i t c h

B y t e a d d r e s s F l a g a r e a

N o .

o f i n s t a l l a t i o n

6 4 p o i n t s i n p u t

6 4 p o i n t s o u t p u t

A n a l o g i n p u t

A n a l o g o u t p u t

H i g h s p e e d c o u n t e r

S e r i a l i n t e r f a c e

I D c o n t r o l

P u l s e o u t p u t

J W 2 6 4 N

J W 2 6 2 S

J W 2 4 A D

J W 2 2 D A

J W 2 1 H C / 2 2 H C

J W 2 1 S U

J W 2 1 D U / 2 2 D U

J W 2 1 P S

R e f e r t o t h e n e x t p a g e

M a x .

3 2 s e t s i n o n e s y s t e m

( o n e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ) .

N o t e : F u r t h e r

8 s e t s c a n b e x t e n d e d b y e u s i n g r e m o t e

I / O s l a v e s t a t i o n .

I / O il n k m a s t e r s t a t i o n

L i n k

J W 1 0 il n k

J W 2 3 L M H

J W 2 1 C M

J W 2 5 C M

S W 0

S W 1

S W 2

S W 6

S W 0

S W 1

S W 2

S W 3

S W 4

S W 3

S W 0

S W 1

S W 2

S W 3

S W 4

S W 5

S W 5

S W 6

ｺ 2 0 0 0 t o ｺ 2 0 7 7

ｺ 2 1 0 0 t o ｺ 2 1 7 7

ｺ 2 2 0 0 t o ｺ 2 2 7 7

ｺ 2 3 0 0 t o ｺ 2 3 7 7

ｺ 1 0 0 0 t o ｺ 1 0 7 7

ｺ 1 1 0 0 t o

ｺ

1 1 7 7

ｺ 1 2 0 0 t o

ｺ

1 2 7 7

ｺ 1 3 0 0 t o ｺ 1 3 7 7

ｺ 1 4 0 0 t o ｺ 1 4 7 7

8 9 0 0 0 t o 8 9 0 7 7

— — —

ｺ

1 0 0 0 t o

ｺ

1 4 7 7

ｺ

1 3 0 0 t o

ｺ

1 4 7 7

5 9 0 0 0 t o 6 9 7 5 7

6 9 0 0 0 t o 7 9 7 5 7

7 9 0 0 0 t o 8 9 5 7 5

8 9 0 0 0 t o 9 9 7 5 7

ｺ 2 0 0 0 t o ｺ 3 7 5 7

ｺ 1 5 7 0 , ｺ 1 5 7 1

ｺ 1 5 7 2 , ｺ 1 5 7 3

ｺ 1 5 7 4 , ｺ 1 5 7 5

ｺ 1 5 7 6 , ｺ 1 5 7 7

ｺ 1 5 0 0 t o ｺ 1 5 0 7

ｺ

1 5 1 0 t o

ｺ

1 5 1 7

ｺ 1 5 2 0 t o ｺ 1 5 2 7

ｺ 1 5 3 0 t o ｺ 1 5 3 7

ｺ 1 5 4 0 t o ｺ 1 5 4 7

ｺ 1 5 5 0 t o ｺ 1 5 5 7

ｺ 1 5 6 0 t o ｺ 1 5 6 7

ｺ

1 5 0 0 t o

ｺ

1 5 0 2

ｺ

1 5 1 0 t o

ｺ

1 5 1 1

ｺ 1 5 2 0 t o ｺ 1 5 2 7

ｺ 1 5 3 0 t o ｺ 1 5 3 7

ｺ 1 5 4 0 t o ｺ 1 5 4 7

ｺ 1 5 5 0 t o ｺ 1 5 5 7

ｺ 1 5 6 0 t o ｺ 1 5 6 7

M a x .

4 o n l y o n s e t s b a s i c r a c k p a n e l .

M a x .

7 o n l y o n s e t s b a s i c r a c k p a n e l .

N e t w o r k

M E N E T

E t h e r n e t

F L n e t

J W 2 2 C M

J W 2 1 M N

J W 2 5 5 C M

J W 2 0 F L 5

J W 2 0 F L T s

T h e a r e a s e t t a n d a r d f u n c b y t i o n m o f r o d u m l e N o .

s w i t c h d i f f e r s t h e m e m o r y s a v i n g f u n c t i o n .

-

A s s i g n o p t i o n u s i n g p a r a m e t e r u s e m o d u l e N o .

s w a r e i t c h a ( S W 0 s e t t i n g .

t o S W 6 )

D e v i c e N e t m a s t e r J W 2 0 D N

A s s m e s i g n s a g

I / O e d a t a , d a t a u d s i i a n g g n o s t i c m o d u l e d a t a , a n d h

N o .

s w i t c h o s t s e

E t t x p i n g .

il c i t

Note: Special I/O module can only be mounted on racks 0 to 3. (It can not be mounted on racks 4 to

7.)

When using the 64 points I/O module, the number of mountable sets varies with the model of the control module.

Model name

Total amount of

64 points module

Max. No. of

I/O points

JW-31CUH1

JW-32CUH1

JW-33CUH1/2/3

Max. 16 sets

Max. 32 sets

512 points

1024 points

3072 points

7-9

Data memory for special I/O module

(1) In case of basic system

Data memory is setting by module No. switch in each rack.

Max.8 sets

Rack No.3

JW-38ZB

Rack No.2

JW-38ZB

Rack No.1

JW-38ZB

Rack No.0

JW-28KB/38KB

Max.8 sets

Max.8 sets

Max.8 sets

Setting value of module No.switch

０

Byte address Parameter area

ｺ3600 to ｺ3617 T-30（000 to 177）

１ｺ3620 to ｺ3637 T-31（000 to 177）

Rack 3

２

３

４

５

６

７

ｺ3640 to ｺ3657

ｺ3660 to ｺ3677

ｺ3700 to ｺ3717

ｺ3720 to ｺ3737

ｺ3740 to ｺ3757

ｺ3760 to ｺ3777

T-32（000 to 177）

T-33（000 to 177）

T-34（000 to 177）

T-35（000 to 177）

T-36（000 to 177）

T-37（000 to 177）

Rack 2

０

１

２

３

４

５

６

７

ｺ3400 to ｺ3417 T-20（000 to 177）

ｺ3420 to ｺ3437 T-21（000 to 177）

ｺ3440 to ｺ3457 T-22（000 to 177）

ｺ3460 to ｺ3477 T-23（000 to 177）

ｺ3500 to ｺ3517 T-24（000 to 177）

ｺ3520 to ｺ3537 T-25（000 to 177）

ｺ3540 to ｺ3557 T-26（000 to 177）

ｺ3560 to ｺ3577 T-27（000 to 177）

・Do not use the second half 8 bytes of byte

address for JW-264N/262S（For example,

ｺ3610 to ｺ3617）in 64 points input/output.

This area can use as auxiliary relay.

・Do not use paramater for

JW-264N/262S, and JW-21DU/22DU.

Rack 1

０

１

２

３

４

５

６

７

ｺ3200 to ｺ3217 T-10（000 to 177）

ｺ3220 to ｺ3237 T-11（000 to 177）

ｺ3240 to ｺ3257 T-12（000 to 177）

ｺ3260 to ｺ3277 T-13（000 to 177）

ｺ3300 to ｺ3317 T-14（000 to 177）

ｺ3320 to ｺ3337 T-15（000 to 177）

ｺ3340 to ｺ3357 T-16（000 to 177）

ｺ3360 to ｺ3377 T-17（000 to 177）

Rack 0

０

１

２

３

４

５

６

７

ｺ3000 to ｺ3017 T-00（000 to 177）

ｺ3020 to ｺ3037 T-01（000 to 177）

ｺ3040 to ｺ3057 T-02（000 to 177）

ｺ3060 to ｺ3077 T-03（000 to 177）

ｺ3100 to ｺ3117 T-04（000 to 177）

ｺ3120 to ｺ3137 T-05（000 to 177）

ｺ3140 to ｺ3157 T-06（000 to 177）

ｺ3160 to ｺ3177 T-07（000 to 177）

7-10

(2) In case of basic system plus remote I/O system

Up to 8 sets are set in the remote I/O slave station by module No. switch.

Max.8 sets

Rack No.3

JW-38ZB

Rack No.2

JW-38ZB

Max.8 sets

Max.8 sets

Setting value of module No.switch

０

Byte address Parameter area

ｺ4000 to ｺ4017 T-40（000 to 177）

１

２

３

ｺ4020 to ｺ4037

ｺ4040 to ｺ4057

ｺ4060 to ｺ4077

T-41（000 to 177）

T-42（000 to 177）

T-43（000 to 177）

４

５

６

７

ｺ4100 to ｺ4117

ｺ4120 to ｺ4137

ｺ4140 to ｺ4157

ｺ4160 to ｺ4177

T-44（000 to 177）

T-45（000 to 177）

T-46（000 to 177）

T-47（000 to 177）

Rack No.1

JW-38ZB

JW-21CM

Rack No.0

JW-28KB/38KB

Max.7 sets

JW-28KB/

38KB

JW-21RS Max.8 sets

• The data memory/parameter area of racks 0 to 3 is same as in the basic system (previous page).

• When the JW-21CM is the master station, up to 4 sets of JW-21RS can be connected, but special

I/O module can be connected by 8 sets at maximum in the total of slave station, and if the slave station are different, duplicate module No. switches are not permitted.

• When others than JW-21CM are master station and JW-21RS is a slave station, special I/O module cannot be installed in the slave station.

• The serial interface module JW-21SU cannot be used in the remote I/O slave station. Meanwhile, if the ID control module JW-21DU/22DU or pulse output module JW-21PS is used in the remote

I/O slave station, the method of use is limited partly. (The F-85 and F-86 instructions cannot be used.)

7-11

7-4 Precautions for operating I/O module

[1] Precautions for operating input module

(1) ON/OFF time of the input signal

In order to ensure ON/OFF condition of the input device correctly (limit switch etc.) on the operation of the JW30H, ON or OFF time should meet the following conditions.

ON time of the input device (T

ON

)

OFF time of the input device (T

OFF

)

T on

> ∆t + t on

T off

> ∆t + t off

∆t · · · · One scanning time of PC t on · · · · ·

OFF to ON response time of the input module t off · · · · ·

ON to OFF response time of the input module

Ton T

OFF

Contact point of the input device ton toff

Logic side of the input module

Δ t min.

Δ t min.

In the input/output process at the beginning of each scanning cycle, ON/OFF state of the logic side of the input module is written in the data memory and used as input data for operation of the user's program within its scanning cycle. Therefore, if ON or OFF time of the logic side of the input module is less than 1 scanning time (∆t), ON/OFF data may not be included in the data memory.

Note: The response time of the input module is made by the electricity charge/discharge characteristics of the integral circuit of the input module, and it varies depending on the time of duration of ON or OFF.

Contact point of the input device

Electricity charge/discharge characteristics of the integral circuit

Logic side of the input module ton toff

100% charge

Upper limit value of the logic side toff toff shows the difference, shown in the above, between the case when the ON time of the contact point of the input device is longer as shown by dotted lines and the case when the ON time is shorter as shown by solid line.

(Calculation example in case the JW-214N is used as an input module)

If 1 scanning time is 5ms,

T on

> ∆t + t on

= 5 + 0.5 = 5.5 (ms)

T off

> ∆t + t off

= 5 + 1.5 = 6.5 (ms)

7-12

(2) Connectable input device

The followings are sensors and switches which can be connected as input. See below for selection and connection of the input device.

• DC input device

1

DC 2-lines system

3

Power switch main circuit

DC input module

IN

COM

NPN current output type

Constant current circuit

+

Output

Sensor power supply

IN

COM

0V

DC input module

2

NPN open-collector output type

+

Ourput

Sensor power supply

IN

DC input module

COM

0V

4

PNP current output type

DC input module

+

Output

Sensor power supply

0V

IN

COM

5

Contact point output type

DC input module

IN

COM

• AC input device

6

Contact point output type

AC input module

IN

~

COM

7

AC open/close type

Proximity switch main circuit

AC input module

IN

~

COM

In cases of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, use a transister having current driving capacity lager than that of the constant input current of the DC input module.

In cases of 1 and 7, pay attention to leakage current at OFF. (When leakage current is higher than the OFF input current level of the input module, the proximity switch may not turn OFF.)

Be careful that voltage output type DC inout device shown in the right may not be connected. (Driving capacity of an output transistor should be higher than the ON level of the input module).

Voltage output type

Positive side of power line

Output

0V

7-13

(3) Countermeasure leakage current on input device

In the following device, there is also leakage current at OFF. If the leakage current is higher than the OFF level of the input module, the input module may not turn OFF, or noise margin at OFF state may drop.

1 Limit switch with LED

Reference

Calculation of leakage current i

L

Input module

R

S V

F

IN i

L

=

V – V

F

R s

+ R in

Leakage current

V iL

COM

Rin

V: Power supply voltage

V

F

: Voltage drop in the forward direction of LED

R

S

: Current limit resistance

R in

: Input impedance of input module

2 Limit switch with neon lamp (the neon lamp is connected in parallel with the contact point.)

IN

Input module

Rin

Leakage current

V iL

COM

3 Proximity and photo switches of AC two lines system

In the AC two lines system, even at OFF there is leakage current from current consumption of the internal circuit, and this might prevent the input module from falling in the OFF state. This is nominated as “leakage current” in the specifications of photo switches etc. Make sure that this value is less than the OFF level of the input module.

IN

Input module

Leakage current

Rin

COM

4 Built-in triac, thyrister and contact point output of surge killers

Some device has CR device as a surge killer for the purpose of avoiding the check mistakes of triac and thyrister, and the leakage current of this CR may prevent the input module from falling in the OFF state. In such a case, the best remedy is to remove the CR. If this is not possible, use the C value of the CR of less than 0.033 µF for 100 VAC; and that of less than

0.015 µF, for 200 VAC.

R

C

IN

Leakage current

V

COM

Input module

Rin

Reference

Calculation of leakage current i

L i

L

=

V: f:

C:

V

2π fc

Power supply voltage

Power frequency (50/60Hz)

Capacitor

7-14

Countermeasure: Connection of bleeder resistance

As a countermeasure, a bleeder resistance can be inserted in the input side of the input module as shown below.

Input module

Input power supply

IN

Input device with leakage current

Bleeder resistance i

L

R Rin

COM

Choose the bleeder resistance value R to meet the following conditions: i

L

＝

R in

×R

R in

＋R

＜V in OFF

Composite impedance of the bleeder resistance and the input impedance

R＜

V in OFF

×R in

R in× i

L−

V in OFF

×0.5

Margin

In this case, the rating electric power W is, i

L

: Current leakage of the input device

V in OFF

: Input of the input module OFF level voltage

R in

: Input impedance of the input module

V: Input power supply voltage

W＞

V

2

R

×３

Margin

[Example] In case that the JW-212N is used as an input module at the input power supply voltage of 24 V, and that the leakage current of the input device is 5 mA,

R ＜ i

L

= 5 mA

V in OFF

= 5 V

R in

= 3.3 k ohm

V = 24 V

５×3.3

3.3

×５-５

×0.5＝0.78k ohm

If R is 0.78 k ohm,

24

2

W＞ ×３＝2.22 W

0.78×10

3

W will be 2.3 W.

7-15

(4) Notes for long-distance wiring and by-pass wiring

In the AC input module, when the cables to external device are very long or wiring along with power lines is made, the input module might be turned ON in spite of the OFF command in the input device, due to leakage current and inducement by floating capacity among cables.

IN

Input module

COM

Power line, etc.

Countermeasure 1: Connect a bleeder resistance and a CR surge killer in parallel with the input module to reduce the composite impedance of the input module.

Input module

R

The smaller the R value, the more effective.

However, when R becomes small, power consumption (

V 2

) increases. Therefore, note the

R

R's watt value.

Input module

R

C

C: 0.033 to 0.33µF

(Pressure resistance of over 250 VAC)

R: 47 to 120 ohm

Countermeasure 2: Change the input power supply to DC (Use DC input module)

In general, the direct current signals are little affected by floating capacity and inducement.

Countermeasure 3: Close circuit by making use of the b contact.

When the b contact is used to make a close circuit at OFF, very little induced voltage is generated.

Input module

IN

COM

Note: Do not wire the input signal line near and in parallel with power lines of a motor and an inverter.

7-16

(5) Surge current of the AC input module

There is surge current in the AC input module: JW-201N/203N/211NA, when turning ON the input.

The surge current of the AC input module is determined by constants (R, C) of the input circuit inside the module, power supply voltage at ON input, phase, power supply current capacity and wiring impedance. The surge current stated in the AC input module specifications is the worst value for the case of the ON input at the maximum impressed voltage and at the peak phase.

If, in certain input device, contact points are affected (adhered etc.) by the surge current, the surge current should be reduced by connecting a limit resistance Rs outside the module as shown below.

Limit resistance

Rs

AC input module

R C

Surge current

The following limit resistances Rs can be connected outside the module:

For 100 VAC input module, less than 2 k ohm (over 2 W rate electricity)

For 200 VAC input module, less than 4 k ohm (over 2 W rate electricity)

Reference

• When a limit resistance of 2 k ohm (or 4 k ohm) is connected for the 100 VAC (or 200 VAC) input module, the surge current becomes less than 80 mA at the peak ON.

Note: If a resistance bigger than the above value is connected, the input ON/OFF levels and the response times cannot be guaranteed.

(6) Countermeasure in case of connection of induced load to input signal

If the induced load is connected to the input signal, in order to absorb the noise, connect a surge killer near the load for the AC circuit; and a diode, for the DC circuit, as shown below.

For AC power supply

For DC power supply

IN

AC input module

Surge killer: R, C

C: 0.033 to 0.33 µF

(Resistance voltage of over 250 VAC)

R: 47 to 120 ohm

COM

IN

DC input module

COM

Diode:

Peak inverse voltage (V

RM

) should be more than 3 times bigger than the load voltage, and the average rectification current should be bigger than load current.

7-17

[2] Precautions for operating the output module

(1) Protection from output short circuit

In case of a short circuit of the load connected to an output terminal, output devices and print board may be burned. Be sure to insert a protection fuse in the output.

Some modules have a built-in fuse per common line for protection of the module from heating and burning due to excessive current. It is not intended, however, for protection of the output devices and load from excessive current; therefore, insert fuse for each line outside the module. This is also advisable from maintenance point of view.

Load Fuse

0

1

Output module

COM

Power supply load

(2) Countermeasure to surge current of lamp load

At turning ON an incandescent lamp, there is surge current 10 to 20 times bigger than normal current for several 10ms. For reduction of the surge current, insert either a bleeder resistance or an electric current limit resistance.

1 To insert a bleeder resistance

During the OFF state of the output module, keep supplying dark current so small as to turn on the lamp dimly.

Bleeder resistance

Output module

2 To insert an electric current limit resistance

This limits the current within a value determined by the value of the current limit resistance. When the resistance value is high, the voltage on the lamp

L load decreases. Determine the resistance value by the brightness needed when turning ON the lamp.

Surge killer

7-18

(3) Countermeasure to surge voltage at opening/closing induced load

Some load generates surge voltage of several thousands volt when an induced load is operated or closed its circuit. All output module except the relay output module have a circuit to absorb surge within module. However, when the wiring to the load is long, its effectiveness is reduced and a surge countermeasure is required in the load side as well. In case of the relay output module without surge absorption circuit, surge countermeasure outside the module is indispensable in case the load generates high voltage. (This surge voltage countermeasure can extend the life time of the contact points of the relay.)

Surge voltage countermeasure

L load

Relay output module

Surge killer

＋

−

L load

Diode

Relay output module

＋

−

L load

Diode

Transistor output module, FET output module

L load

Triac output module

Surge killer

(In case of contact points in series line)

R C

CR surge killer: C: 0.033 to 0.33 µF (Pressure resistance of over 250 VAC)

R: 47 to 120 ohm

Example of CR surge killer

For 100 VAC

For 200 VAC

953M2503 10411(0.1 µ + 120 ohm) (made by Matsuo Electric Co., Ltd.)

953M5003 33311(0.033 µ + 120 ohm) (made by Matsuo Electric Co.,Ltd.)

Diode: Peak inverse voltage (V

RM

) is more than three times of the load voltage.

Average rectified current (Io) is more than load current.

In case of AC load, a varistor can be used in place of the CR surge killer for the same effect.

(Installation of both of the CR surge killer and the varistor increases the effect.)

For 85 to 132 VAC TNR12G221K (made by Marcon Co., Ltd.), NV220D14 (made by NEC)

For 170 to 264 VAC TNR12G431K (made by Marcon Co., Ltd.), NV430D14 (made by NEC)

7-19

Note 1: Avoid the use of a capacitor only as an arc killer, as shown below:

Load

C

Though a capacitor is very effective for the arc deletion at shut-off. But charged current to the capacitor may melt the contact point at turning ON a contact point.

Load

C

Though a capacitor is very effective for the arc deletion at shut-off. But at the opening of the circuit of a contact point, electricity is accumulated at the capacitor.

Therefore, the short circuit current of the capacitor may melt the contact point at turning ON the contact.

Note 2: DC output module JW-202S uses a zener diode as a surge absorber within the module. In case of using an induced load of large load current such as solenoid valves, note the followings:

D

OUT

Output module

COM ( )

Power (+)

Zener diode

D: Diode for counter surge voltage absorption at OFF

When the load current is an induced load of over 0.3 A, use the module with the open/close frequency at less than 30 times/min. (1 sec. ON/1 sec. OFF or so). When more frequent opening/ closing, a surge countermeasure for counter voltage absorption is needed in the load side. When the load current is an induced load of over 0.5 A, a surge countermeasure for counter surge voltage absorption is indispensable in the load side.

7-20

(4) Load which can be driven by the AC output module

The AC output module with SSR as an output device JW-203S/213SA can drive directly the loads of electro-magnetic switches, solenoid valves and lamps. In such cases note the surge current at turning ON (from OFF to ON) and the maintenance current during the maintenance state (ON state). Concretely, use the module within the following range:

Model

JW-203S

JW-213SA

At turning ON

Range of

Load Voltage Repeated allowable surge current

During maintenance state

Minimum action current

Maximum rated load current

15 to 250 VAC

8A (100 ms)

6A (100 ms)

30 mA

15 mA

1A/point, 4A/common

1A/point, 2A/common

When the AC output module drives the load, note the surge current at turning ON and the holding current during the maintenance state. Keep the surge current below the repeated allowed surge current at the turning ON; and keep the maintenance current, over the minimum action current and below the maximum rated load current during the maintenance state.

The repeated allowable surge current is a value in case of the pulse width below 100 ms and repeated switching frequency below 20 times/minute. When, in case of the load of a motor, the pulse width of the surge current is large and that the switching frequency is high, keep the ON time of 1 pulse below 50%.

(When the repeated surge current is below the maximum rated load current, there is no limit in the pulse width or in the switching frequency.)

When many loads with big surge current are driven within a same common line circuit, make the number of points which turn from OFF to ON at the same time minimum. When a strong surge current goes through a built-in fuse in a common unit, the built-in fuse may be damaged or fused.

The number of the surge current per common which can be turned from OFF to ON at the same time is determined by a fusing property of the built-in fuse as follows (as a guidance):

Below 15A (50ms)/JW-203S, Below 10A (100ms)/JW-203SA

Below 10A (50ms)/JW-213S, Below 7A (100ms)/JW-213SA

The numbers in ( ) are pulse widths.

For a light load of the holding current which is smaller than the minimum action current, some characteristics of load may prevent turning OFF. In such a case, connect a bleeder resistance in parallel with the load to increase the maintenance current up to the minimum action current or more.

Some electro-magnetic switches of the pulse-driven cannot be turned OFF even if the holding current is over the minimum action current. In such a case, also, connect a bleeder resistance in parallel with the load. (Select a value of the bleeder resistance so that it can allow the minimum action current by itself.)

Power supply (V)

Bleeder resistance

R

L

Load

Output module

7-21

Calculate the value R of the bleeder resistance in the following formula:

R＜

V

I

V: Power supply voltage

I: Minimum action current of the output module

Then, the capacity of R (W) is

W ＞

V

2

R

×3

Margin

(5) OFF delay time when the DC output module drives the induced load

When the DC output module with a built-in cramp diode is used as a surge killer to drive the induced load of direct current such as electro-magnetic valves and solenoid valves, it may be impossible to complete high-speed switching due to the delay of response, since electric current goes to the load through the cramp diode. In such a case, the DC output module with a built-in zener diode, instead of the cramp diode, could speed up the response.

Output module

L Load DC output module with a built-in zener diode

JW-202S

JW-212S

(6) When miniature load is driven by a relay output

The relay used in the relay output module is suitable for power drive, and so with a low voltage and small current such as 24 VDC and 10mA, the contact reliability of the contact point drops. In such a case, we recommend to use a DC output module (transistor output). When connection with a low voltage and small current contact point output cannot be avoided, the following connection should be made: A miniature relay with a reliable contact point under low voltage and small current is driven, and the contact is made at that contact point.

DC output module

Connected device RY RY

Relay output module

Connected device RY RY

7-22

(7) Life of relays of the relay output module

The relay's life of the module (JW-204S/214SA), which uses a relay in output circuit, varies depending on the kind of loads (difference of the power rate of the signal on the contact point is AC or DC and its current value). The following shows characteristic curves of the relay contact point.

Max. 2,000,000 times

200

100

70

50

30

30 VDC T = 0

120 VAC COS φ=1

250 VAC COS φ=1

10

7

5

3

1

0.1

30 VDC T = 7 ms

120 VAC COS φ= 0.4

250 VAC COS φ= 0.4

30 VDC T = 40ms

0.3 0.5 0.7 1 2 3 4 5

Switching current (A)

30 VDC T = 60ms

Note 1: The above chart shows standard values.

Depending on the environment of usage (ambient temperature and humidity), different life may result.

Note 2: When the signal to the contact point is DC, the life of relays varies according to the load rise characteristics (time constant: T) of the load. The load rise characteristics of the load after the contact point is turned ON are determined by inductance: L and resistance: R

T＝

R

L

For the time constant of the load used, see below:

In case of resistance load: T < 1ms

In case of small size relay: T =7 ms

In case of large current L load and magnet: T = 40ms

In case of the L load with a diode for surge countermeasure, the life of relays may be similar to the case of T < 1ms.

Note 3: Use the relay output module, with the contact switching life of more than 100,000 times and within the current capacity of less than 2A.

7-23

7-5 Communication port

(JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3)

Control module JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 have communication port (PG/COMM1, PG/

COMM2).

The communication port can communicate with connected device having the I/O port of RS-232C/

422A of host computer, such as personal computer.

Available for same function as SHARP's computer link.

When the support tool is not used, one set of control module can have two channels of communication port, and two systems such as personal computer and liquid crystal control terminal can be connected.


JW30H

Personal computer etc.

Only RS-422A

（Usable when the support tool

is not connected.）


RS-232C or RS-422A

（Usable when the support tool

is not connected.）


COMM1 lamp

COMM2 lamp

PG／COMM1 port

PG／COMM2 port

Name

COMM1 lamp

(yellow)

Function

• Flickers during communication by connecting PG/COMM1 port and personal computer, etc.

COMM2 lamp

(yellow)

• Flickers during communication by connecting PG/COMM2 port and personal computer, etc.

PG/COMM1 port

(Only the RS-422A)

• Conneeted with support tool.

Usable as communication port (RS-422A only) when the support tool is not used.

PG/COMM2 port

(RS-232C/422A)

• Connect support tool.

Usable as communication port (RS-232C/422A) when the support tool is not used.

7-24

[1] Pin arrangement of PG/COMM1 port, PG/COMM2 port

JW-32CUH1/33CUH1

/33CUH2/33CUH3

• PG/COMM1 port

P i n

N o .

1

6

（15 pin D-sub

female connector）

7

8

9

4

5

2

3

1 0

1 1

1 2

1 3

1 4

1 5

S i g n a l n a m e

F G

R D

R D (

S D

(

—

+

–

( –

+ 5 V

)

)

)

R T S ( + )

C o n t e n

O u t s i d e b o d y g r o u n d i n g t s

—

S D ( + )

—

R T S ( – )

S G

S G

—

*

*

1

S e n d i n g d a t a

1

( P C

S i g n a l g r o u n d i n g


* 1 t o p e r s o n a l c o m p u t e r )

R e c e i v i n g d a t a ( P e r s o n a l c o m p u t e r t o P C )


S e n d i n g d a t a ( P C t o p e r s o n a l c o m p u t e r )

* 1

+ 5 V

*1: Not connected with pin No. 2, 4, 8, and 12.

S i g n a l

-

R S 4 2 2 A

-

R S 4 2 2 A

-

R S 4 2 2 A

-

R S 4 2 2 A

-

• PG/COMM2 port

9

1 0

1 1

（15 pin D-sub

female connector） 1 2

1 3

7

8

5

6

1 4

1 5

P i n

N o .

1

2

3

4

S i g n a l n a m e

F G

S D

S D ( + )

R D

C o n t e n t s

O u t s i d e b o d y g r o u n d i n g




R T S ( – )

S G

S G



R

R

R D

T

D

S D (

(

S

+

( –

–

)

)

)

O N w h li e P C i s s u p p il e d p o w e r s o u r c e * 2




C T S

R T S ( + )

+ 5 V

+ 5 V

O N : A v a li a b l e s e n d i n g , O F F : B a n s e n d i n g

S i g n a l

—

R S 2 3 2 C

R S 4 2 2 A

R S 2 3 2 C

R S 4 2 2 A

—

R S 2 3 2 C

R S 4 2 2 A

R S 2 3 2 C

R S 4 2 2 A

-

*2: When system memory #222 in the JW30H’s control module is 00

HEX

(default value), RTS signal will be turned ON while the PC is turned ON power. When it is set to 02

HEX

, the RTS will be OFF while sending data, and OFF while other than sending data.

(Setting 02

HEX

is available with software version 3.5 or the later for JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/

33CUH3, and software version 3.0 or the later for JW-32CUH/33CUH.)

- Connector type that can be connected to the communication port (PG/COMM1 port, PG/COMM2 port) is 17JE-23150-02 (D8A) made by DDK.

Note: The JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 signal (pin) arrangement of communication port

(PG/COMM1, PG/COMM2) deffer from communication port of JW-22CU (JW20 series).

7-25

[2] Wiring figure

(1) When using RS-232C for communication method of host computer side.

Be within 15m for the total length of a communication cable.

JW-32CUH1/33CUH1

/33CUH2/33CUH3

（PG／COMM2 port）

Pin No. Signal name

Shielded wire

Host computer

Signal name

1 FG FG

2

4

8

12

7

SD

RD

RTS

CTS

SG

RD

TD

CS

RS

SG

Within 15m

RS-232C

Use the RS-232C/RS-422 converter, such as Z-101HE, when the total length of the communication cable is over 15m.

JW-32CUH1/33CUH1

/33CUH2/33CUH3

PG／COMM1 port or PG／COMM2 port

Pin No. Signal name

3 SD (+)

11

9

10

1

SD (-)

RD (+)

RD (-)

FG

Shielded wire

RS-232C／RS-422 converter

（Z-101HE）

Terminal block name

RD (+)

RD (-)

TD (+)

TD (-)

SHIELD

Pin No. Signal name

3 RD

2

4

7

1

TD

RS

SG

FG

Shielded wire

Host computer

Signal name

RD

TD

RS

SG

FG

Class-3 grounding

Within 1km

RS-422A

Within 15m

RS-232C

(2) When using RS-422A for communication method.

Be within 1km for the total length of a communication cable.

JW-32CUH1/33CUH1

/33CUH2/33CUH3


Pin No. Signal name

JW-32CUH1/33CUH1

/33CUH2/33CUH3


Pin No. Signal name

3

11

SD (+)

SD (-)

3

11

SD (+)

SD (-)

9

10

1

RD (+)

RD (-)

FG

Shielded wire

9

10

1

RD (+)

RD (-)

FG

Within 1km

RS-422A

Shielded wire

7-26

Host computer

Signal name

RXD

RXD

TXD

TXD

FG

[3] Set system memory of JW-32CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3

Set system memory #234/#235 (communication port 1) and #236/#237 (communication port 2) for communication conditions when communicating with a personal computer.

System memory number

#234

#235

#236

#237

Transfer rate, parity, stop bit

Station No. 001 to 037

OCT

Transfer rate, parity, stop bit

Station No. 001 to 037

OCT

Contents

Set communication port 1

(PG/COMM1 port)

Set communication port 2

(PG/COMM2 port)

(1) Set communication port 1 (PG/COMM1 port)

1 Set system memory #234

For transfer rate, parity, and stop bit, set ON (1) / OFF(0) of D0 to D5.

D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

#234

Stop bit Parity Transfer rate

D5

0

1

Stop bit

1 bit

2 bits

Data is 7 bits fixed.


Set station No., 001 to 037

OCT

D4

0

0

1

1

D3

0

1

0

1

Parity

None

Add

E ven for communicating.

D2

0

0

0

0

D1

0

0

1

1

D0

0

1

0

1

Transfer rate（bits/s）

19200

9600

4800

2400

*1

1

1

0

0

0

1

1200

115200

*2

*2

1

1

1

1

0

1

57600

38400

Note: The JW-32CUH/33CUH (conventional models) cannot be set to a transfer speed marked with "*2" above. Also, if these modules are set to "*1," their transfer speed will be 600 bits/s.

(2) Set communication port 2 (PG/COMM2 port)

1 Setting system memory #236

For transfer rate, parity, and stop bit, set ON (1) / OFF(0) of D0 to D5.

D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

#236

Stop bit

D5

0

1

Stop bit

1 bit

2 bits

Data is 7 bits fixed.

Parity

D4

0

0

1

1

D3

0

1

0

1

Parity

Nore

Add

Even


Set station No., 001 to 037

OCT for communicating.

Transfer rate

*1

*2

*2

D2

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

1

D1

0

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

D0

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

Transfer rate（bits/s）

19200

9600

4800

2400

1200

115200

57600

38400

Note:The JW-32CUH/33CUH (conventional models) cannot be set to a transfer speed marked with "*2" above. Also, if these modules are set to "*1," their transfer speed will be 600 bits/s.

7-27

Remarks

- Change of the communication setting for the communication ports (#234, #236) is effective while turned ON the power.

- However, as the JW30H automatically changes the communication setting as shown below, it will take few number of retries until establishment of communication after changed settings.

[When JW-32CUH/33CUH is used] [When JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 is used]

Turn ON power Turn ON power

COMM port (#234, #236) COMM port (#234, #236)

PG port (19,200 bits/sec.) PG port (19,200 bits/sec.)

PG port (9,600 bits/sec.) PG port (115,200 bits/sec.)

PG port (9,600 bits/sec.)

- As shown above, the JW32CUH/33CUH needs three times of retry and the JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/

33CUH2/33CUH3 needs four times of retry to re-establish communication after changed setting, on the condition that the communication port successfully established communication just before changing the settings.

7-28

[4] Communicate with a p ersonal computer

The following instructions are available for communicating between the JW30H (Control module : JW-

32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3) and a personal computer. There are three type of command; read out command, write command and control command.

Command

Read out command

Contents

Messages that a personal computer transmits to the JW30H when it reads out data from the JW30H.

Write command

Control command



As for the detail of each command, see “List of commands” on pages 7-36 to 7-45, and “Computer link” section of user's manual of link module JW-21CM.

(1) Communication format

When a command from a personal computer is received, the communication port of JW-32CUH1/

33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 operates according to the received command, and sends the response.

When an error occurs while processing, it returns error response.



JW30H

1

2

1 Communication format of command (personal computer to JW30H)

Sumcheck area

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

?

Ｒ

Ｉ

Command content

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

2 Communication format of response (JW30H to personal computer)

Sumcheck area

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｒ

＃

Ｉ

Response content

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Error response where an error occurs

Sumcheck area

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｒ

％

Ｉ

Ｅ

Ｃ

Ｅ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

7-29

[Contents of communication format]

Data

Using code

(ASCII character)

*

*

*

AD (H)

AD (L)

RI

SC (H)

SC (L)

EC (H)

EC (L)

00 to 37

0 to F

HEX

00 to FF

01 to 1B

OCT

HEX

HEX

Contents

Station No.

• In command, the station No. to be received command.

• In response, the station No. to send response.

Response time (Set the time from receiving a command to responding. See page 7 -32.)

Sumcheck code (Search the mistake of transfer data.

Refer to next page.)

Error code (Indicate error content. Refer to as follows.)

Indentification symbol

ASCII code Contents

: (colon)

? (question)

# (number mark)

% (percent)

CR

(carriage return)

3A

HEX

3F

HEX

23

HEX

25

0D

HEX

HEX

Hedder (Indicates beginning of command and response.)

Indicates command.

Indicates response (at normal).

Indicates response (at error).

Terminal mark (Indicates termination of a command and response.)

* (H) indicates upper digit, (L) indicates lower digit.

• Contents of error code

0F

10

11

12

1B

0B

0C

0D

0E

Error code

(EC

(H)

, EC

(L)

)

01

02

05

06

07

08

0A

7-30

Contents

Format error

Designated address is not TMR/CNT setting value

Number of transfer bytes is not correct

PC does not stop by HLT (stop PC processing)

Writing to PC memory is not executed correctly

Memory capacity, file capacity is full

Parity error

Framing error

Overrun error

Sumcheck error

Prohibit program memory write (memory protection switch “ON”)

Other CPU is accessing memory

Not match write mode

Not proguram area

Tried to write in ROM

System memory error

• Sumcheck code SC (H), SC (L)

The communication port detects error using sumcheck as well as party check in order to increase the reliability.

1 Sumcheck area (See page 7-----29)

[Example] Command

Sumcheck area

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ)

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｌ)

？ Command content

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

2 Check method

1. Add data from station No. to the last data of the command contents or response contents

(just before sumcheck code) that are summed up in ASCII code.

2. Convert the sumcheck code (2 digits hexadecimal) to 8 bits data and add 1 to the result.

When the grand total is “0” (disregarded figure up), the message is regarded as correct, when the grand total is not “0,” the message is regarded as an error.

3 Produce method

1. Add data from station No. to the last data of the command contents or response contents

(just before sumcheck code) that are summed up in ASCII code.

2. Operate complement number of 2 of the result of 1.

Complement number of 2: Turn over all the bits indicated by the binary system (0 to 1, 1 to

0) and add 1.

[Example] The complement number of 2 of 4E

HEX

is B2

HEX

4E

HEX

→ 01001110

↓ invert each bit

10110001

↓ add 1

100110010 → B2

HEX

3. Divide upper 4 bits and lower 4 bits and convert them to ASCII code.

When sumcheck is not necessary, setting @ in the command line.

7-31

• Response time RI

When a personal computer is interpreter system, it executes programs one by one while interpreting.

This personal computer may not have finished its process before receiving the response from the

JW30H. As a countermeasure, setting the response time RI in command (max. 600ms).

5

6

3

4

7

RI

(HEX)

0

1

2

Response time (ms)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

RI

(HEX)

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

Response time (ms)

80

90

100

200

300

400

500

600

As the JW30H accesses memories after one operation cycle, the actual response time is the total of setting value of RI in command and the waiting time of one operation cycle.

[Reference] Setting response time RI

It is difficult to recommend the optimum response time, as the optimum response time is varied depending on the model of personal computer, the programming language and the system program. First, set a fairly long time, then, shorten gradually.

Note: There are some limits for handling bit numbers by commands and for the communication buffer of personal computers. Be careful for handling bit numbers and communication buffers.

Note

(2) Write mode

Write mode of PCs are “mode 0” (write prohibited for all memories) at power ON. Prior to writing program from the personal computer, change write mode to “mode 1” or “mode 2” using EWR command (setting of write mode). SWE command read out current status of writing mode.

Set write mode to “mode 0” as much as possible, except when writing date into PC. Each mode has restrictions as follow:

Mode 0

Mode 1

Mode 2

Write prohibited for all memories

Write enable only for data memory

Write enable for all memories

• Turn OFF control module protect switch (write allowed) before executing write commands and change to write mode 2 using EWR command.

7-32

Each command can be executed in the write mode or when the PC is in the following state.

⃝ : Executable × : Non-executable

R e

C u

R

R s

R

S

S

R

M

R e a

R

S

T

R

S

C p e e e a

R e a

R e a

R e a

R e a

S

S

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W e e

C h

S

S t e e e t e s o e u e e h r r r r r r i r i r i r i o l l e c i i t t i i i t t r r r e n g

R e a a t / t / n i e a e t t t t t t t t t a p n e i t t d d d d d d d r e r e e e e e e e e e e a n d d d w s c y s t i m t a t g o o r b m e m a s e k i i i r t i i i i i o o i a l o o o o o s s a t i m r t o i m e n n n n n n n n p t e t a u t

R e a d o u t

R e a d o u t u t u

I u t u t u t u t e e h e e e e e c r r u e c o v o t t t r t d t i a t i m e g i l a r a p e v o r y s e c r i a o n r a r a t i o c r e t s d e n o a s t e e e m e y r / t e m d m c m r a m r e g i s t e r r e g i s t e r r e g i s t e r p a p a s e r o r p e t s e c k n a e y p r r t p

/ O p s y p r o g s a s e e w i r f t s a t e t l u u r a a i o o r e g i s t e r r e g i s t e r o f f li e r e g i s t e r o f f li e m t e o g m r e r e r a s m e r m m e t t i n h u i t r t i e i m n m a m g e

F o e o m e c t f u t r n t e c o o f o f e r t e r n a m r e t / p i v u n o n u e n v t t d a o f m p o a l l e s s o n n c t e r e r m e m u n e m a l c o n a s t a a c d c t i o i t o o f f f f u o o n m o e e t e li e li e li e u e a f f f i r i e o o t y s f f r s r e g

0 o p t i o d i t t o li e m m o r y e m o

1

0

0 p e r y m o i o n s w o r d i o n g e n f a f r

1

0 t t o t i

0 0 o p y r m e n t i t o r y o t c i o i t o i s t o n t i m u s t o

3 a l s e g o n

3 r / r e r

I e r / c c o u

0 3 ,

0 3 i s

/ m

,

O m o o

1 n

1 0 d

0 m d u l o u n t r a t i u l t t e o e e o d u t e r o n r / t o

2 l

M D

2 C

C e

(

(

C o m

N o

N o

P a n a m e

W t

M

M

M

R

R t e

R

R

R

M

M

S

S

W

F

W e

R

R

R

R

F

P S

T

S R

O

I

L

C

G

R

T

G

G

L

) W

W P

W

W

W

W

C

S

S

A

H

R

M

V

S

E

T

P

S

S

T

R

S

P

T C

D Y

C

U

P

L

) m

R

F

F L

S

P

D

T

F

L

W

W

S

A

E

E

L

L

M

L

T

M

E

R

T

S

S

F

R F

R P S R

R P S

P O

M

M

Y

M

F

M

M

N

C n

L E

F L d

E

W

0

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

○ r i t e

1

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

×

×

×

×

×

×

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

*1

*2

○ m o d e

2

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

*1

○

○

○

○

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

*2

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

P C s t a t u s

S t o p p e d b y c o m

H L m a

T n d

R u n

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

×

○

○

○

○

○

○

×

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

× ○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

×

×

×

○

*1

*2

○ ○

*1: When data of command = 0 ⃝ *2: When data of command = 0 ⃝

= 1 or 2 × = F ×

Note: RFLE/WFLE command is not available for JW-32CUH/33CUH, JW-32CUH1/33CUH1.

7-33

(3) Address expression system

In each command, the setting value in the following table is set in the address module of communication format.

Relay number

Address

(octal)

00000 to 15777

20000 to 75777

T0000 to T1777

C0000 to C1777

Setting value

(octal)

00000 to 15777

20000 to 75777

T0000 to T1777

Using command

MRL, SRR

Timer/counter point of contact number

Timer/counter number

MD number

Register address

MRL

0000 to 1777

000 to 777

0000 to 1777

0000 to 1777

MTC, SRT

MTC

ｺ0000 to ｺ1577

ｺ2000 to ｺ7577 b0000 to b1777

A0000 to A1577

B2000 to B757 b2000 to b3777

09000 to 09777

19000 to 19777

29000 to 29777

39000 to 39777

49000 to 49777

59000 to 59777

69000 to 69777

79000 to 79777

89000 to 89777

99000 to 99777

E0000 to E7777

B0000 to B1777

B2000 to B3777

09000 to 09777

19000 to 19777

29000 to 29777

39000 to 39777

49000 to 49777

59000 to 5977

69000 to 69777

79000 to 79777

89000 to 89777

99000 to 99777

E0000 to E7777

000000 to 035777 000000 to 035777

MRG, WRG,

FRG

File register address

File 0

File 1

File 2, 3

File 10 to 2C

000000 to 037777

000000 to 177777

000000 to 037777

000000 to 177777

RFL, RFLF, RFLE

WFL, WFLF, WFLE

000000 to 177777 000000 to 177777

Special I/O module parameter address

000 to 177 0000 to 0177

RPSR, RPS

WPSR, WPS

Option module parameter address

System memory address

00 to 77

#0000 to #2177

JW-31CUH1(15.5K words) 00000 to 36777

Program address

JW-32CUH1(31.5K words)

JW-33CUH1(31.5K words)

00000 to 76777

JW-33CUH2(63K words) 00000 to 076777

JW-33CUH3(63K words) 00000 to 176777

0000 to 0077

0000 to 2177

000000 to 036777

RPO, WPO

RSM, WSM

000000 to 076777

RPM, WPM, CTC

000000 to 076777

100000 to 176777

7-34

(4) Data expression system

Data are expressed by hexadecimal. Program contents are also expressed by hexadecimal based on machine language. Contents of bit configuration of program memory is not available.

(5) Example of communication (monitor current value of register)

Monitor from 09000 to 09003 of PC06. (Response time : 100ms)

■ Command

■ Response

０６？ＡＭＲＧ０９００００９００３３Ｆ

Ｃ

Ｒ

Station address

Command

Response time

Register address 1

Register address 2

Sumcheck code

０６＃ＡＭＲＧ０９００００９００３００４Ｆ３２０１ＥＢ

Ｃ

Ｒ

Station address

Command

Response time

Register address 1

Register address 2

09000 09002

09001 09003

Sumcheck code

7-35

[5] List of commands

(1) Read out command

Function

Command name

Relay monitor MRL

Communication format

Monitor ON/OFF state of the designated relay.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＲＬ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＲＬ

Relay number

Relay number

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Setting of 1

0：OFF

1：OF

Current value monitor of timer/ counter/MD

MTC

Monitor current value of timer/counter/MD number 1 to 2.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＴＣ

Timer/counter/

MD No.1

Timer/counter/

MD No.2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＴＣ

Timer/counter/

MD No.1

Data 1

4 characters

Timer/counter/

MD No.2

Data n

4 characters

Attatched N

2 characters

Attatched N

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Register current value monitor

Read out register of file 1

MRG

Monitor current value of register address 1 to 2.

Sequential monitor up to 512 bytes.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＲＧ

Register address 1

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＲＧ

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Register address 1

Register address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Register address 2

Data 1

2 characters

RFL

Read out contents of file register address 1 to 2.

Sequential read out up to 512 bytes.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＦＬ

File register address 1


Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＦＬ



Data１

2 characters

Dataｎ

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

7-36

Function

Read out file register of file

No. 0 to 3.

Read out file register of file

No. 00 to 03, 10 to 2C

Available

only for the

JW-33CUH2/3

Read out

Parameter of special I/O module

Command name


Data is read out from the file register area specified by file number

1. Read out contents of file register address 1 to 2. Sequential read out up to 512 bytes.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＦＬＦ ①


RFLF File register address 2

■ Response

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

1: 0 to 3

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＦＬＦ ①



RFLE

Data 1

2 characters

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Date is read out from the file register area specified by file number

1. Read out contents of file register address 1 to 2. Sequential read out up to 512 bytes.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＦＬ E 1



Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

1: 00 to 03, 10 to 2C

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＦＬ E 1



Data 1

2 characters

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

RPSR

Read out data of parameter address 1 to 2 of designated module.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＰＳＲ

Ｒ

Ｃ

Ｋ

■ Response

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＰＳＲ

Ｒ

Ｃ

Ｋ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Data 1

2 characters

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

RCK (rack number): 0 to 3

Module number: 0 to 7

RPS











When installed in Remote

I/O slave station











Read out data of parameter address 1 to 2 of designated module.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ？

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

■ Response

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＰＳ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＰＳ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Data 1

2 characters

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

7-37

Module number: 0 to 7

Function

Read out parameter of option module

Read out system memory

Command name


Read out data of parameter address 1 to 2 of specified module.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＰＯ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

RPO

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＰＯ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Data 1

2 characters

Dataｎ

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Module No. : 0 to 6

Read out contents in the system memory address 1 to 2.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＳＭ Address 1 Address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

RSM

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＳＭ Address 1 Address 2

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Data 1

2 characters

Read out program memory

RPM

Read out contents in the program memory address 1 to 2.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＰＭ

Proram address 1

Proram address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＰＭ

Proram address 1

Instruction n

4 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Proram address 2

Instruction 1

4 characters

Read out date MDY

Read out data of clock.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＤＹ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＤＹ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri

00 01 02 03 04 05

Sat

06

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

7-38

Function

Read out time

Command name

MTM


Read out time of clock.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＴＭ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＴＭ

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

(2) Write command

Function

Set/reset relay

Command name

SRR


Set/reset the relay.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＲＲ Relay number 1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Setting of ①

0:OFF

1:ON

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＲＲ Relay number

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Set/reset timer/ counter

SRT

Set timer/counter (time-up, count-up) or reset (return to setting value)

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＲＴ

Timer/ counter No.

1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Setting of 1

0:Reset

1:Set

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＲＴ

Timer/ counter No.

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Write in register WRG

Write required data from the register address 1 to 2 in the register.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＲＧ

Register address 1

Register address 2

Data 1

2 characters

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＲＧ

Register address 1

Register address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

7-39

Function

Write the same data in register

Command name

FRG


Write the same data in the register address 1 to 2 in the register.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＦＲＧ

Register address 1

Register address 2

Data

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＦＲＧ

Register address 1

Register address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Write in register of file 1

WFL

Write in data of file register address 1 to 2.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＦＬ



Data 1

2 characters

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＦＬ



Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Write in file register of file

No. 0 to 3.

Write in file register of file

No. 00 to 03, 10 to 2C

Available for the

JW-33CUH2/3

WFLF

Date is written from the file register area specified by file number1.

Write in date of file register address 1 to 2.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＦＬＦ

1 File register address 1


Data１

2 characters

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＦＬＦ


1: 0 to 3


Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

WFLE

Date is written from the file register area specified by file number

1 (2 characters). Write in date of file register address 1 to 2.

Sequential wirte up to 512 bytes.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＦＬ E



Data１

2 characters

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＦＬ E 1


Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

1 : 00 to 03, 10 to 2C


7-40

Function

Write in parameter of special I/O module

Write in parameter of option module

Write in system memory

Write in program memory

Command name


Write in data of parameter address 1 to 2 in designated module.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＰＳＲ

Ｒ

Ｃ

Ｋ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

WPSR

WPS

(When installed in remote

I/O slave station)

Data１

2 characters

■ Response

Data１

2 characters

■ Response

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

RCK (rack No.)

: 0 to 3

Module No. : 0 to 7

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＰＳＲ

Ｒ

Ｃ

Ｋ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ


■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＰＳ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Module No.: 0 to 7

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＰＳ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ


■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＰＯ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Data１

2 characters

WPO

WSM

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＰＯ

Module number

Parameter address 1

Parameter address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Write date in the system memory address 1 to 2.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＳＭ Address 1 Address 2

Data 1

2 characters

Data n

2 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＳＭ Address 1 Address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Write instruction in the program address 1 to 2.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＰＭ

Proram address 1

Proram address 2

Instruction 1

4 characters

WPM

Instruction n

4 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＷＰＭ

Proram address 1

Proram address 2

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

7-41

Function

Change setting value of timer/ counter

Command name

CTC


Change timer/counter setting value in designated program address.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＣＴＣ

Proram address

Setting value

4 characters

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＣＴＣ

Proram address

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Set date

Set time

SDY

STM

Set data of clock.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＤＹ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat

00 01 02 03 04 05 06

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＤＹ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Set time of clock.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＴＭ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＴＭ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Set correct of time

ACL

Set correct of time.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＡＣＬ 1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＡＣＬ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Setting of 1(2 characaters)

00: Start clock

01: Stop clock

08: 30 sec. correction

7-42

(3) Control command

Function

Stop operation

Command name


Stop operation.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＨＬＴ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

HLT

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＨＬＴ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Restart operation

Monitor operational condition

Read out memory capacity

RUN

MPC

VLM

Release HTL (stop operation) command, restart operation.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＵＮ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＲＵＮ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Monitor PC is running or stops.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＰＣ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＭＰＣ 1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Contents of 1

0 : Running.

1 : Stop by other optional device.

2 : Stop by HLT command

Read out program capacity and file capacity.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＶＬＭ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＶＬＭ 1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Contents of 1 (program capacity)

1 : 15.5K words

3 : 31.5K words

7 : 63K words

7-43

Function

Read out write mode status

Set write mode

Command name

SWE


Read out current write mode status.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＷＥ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＷＥ 1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Contents of 1 prohibited for all memories

0 : Write

1 : Write enable only for data memory.

2 : Write enable for all memories.

EWR

Set write mode.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＥＷＲ 1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＥＷＲ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Contents of 1 prohibited for all memories

0 : Write protect

1 : Write enable only for data memory.

2 : Write enable for all memories.

Send back the received command as it is.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＴＳＴＭ 1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Turn back the message

TST

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＴＳＴＭ

1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

M

1

··· Mn: Message visible character string (20H to 7EH)

Release secret function, register password.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＰＡＳ 1

Pass-word

(4 characters)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ Release secret/ password registration

PAS

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＰＡＳ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Contents of 1

0 : Release

1 : Temporary registration

2 : Regular registration

7-44

Function

Set secret function

Check secret function

Command name

SES


Set secret function.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＥＳ 1

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Contents of 1

0: Enable seacret function

F: Delete ■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＥＳ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

SEI

Check secret function.

■ Command

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

？

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＥＩ

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

■ Response

Ａ

Ｄ

Ａ

Ｄ

(Ｈ) (Ｌ)

＃

Ｒ

Ｉ

ＳＥＩ ①

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｈ)

Ｓ

Ｃ

(Ｌ)

Ｃ

Ｒ

Contents of 1

0: Disable seacret function.

1: Enable seacret function valid.

7-45

7-6 ROM operation

The ROM operation is a method of operating the JW30H by the content of the ROM, by storing the system memory or user program in the flash ROM, and transferring from ROM to RAM.

Saving of a program and more in the ROM is available, as the contents of the ROM do not disappear.

ROM operation is convenient for the following systems:

• Operation frequency is low.

• No alternation of program and system memory.

• Requires registering or loading programs quickly.

With JW30H series, flash ROMs are installed in the control module and so all the control module are possible ROM operation.

(1) ROM operation method

The ROM operation is available in four types as shown in the table below, depending on the setting value in the system memory #255. Set #255 depending on the use. (initial value is 000

OCT

)

Setting value

OCT

000

HEX

00

Transfer ROM to

RAM

(at power is ON)

No

021

042

104

11

22

44

Yes

Yes

Yes

Data memory after data transfer at power ON.

Mode after data transfer at power

ON.

Transfer ROM to

RAM using a tool.

— Available

Hold

—

Mode at power supply OFF.

Available

Clear*

Clear*

Stop

Run

Available

Available

* The stored data in the ROM is maintained.

Note 1: A battery is necessary even in ROM operation.

Note 2: Before transfer data from ROM to RAM (when the power is ON, or using a tool), make sure turn OFF the protect switch.

(2) Registerable contents to ROM

Areas that can be registered ROM is decided by setting value of system memory #256. (Initial value is 200

OCT

.)

Setting value Registerable contents to ROM

OCT

200

HEX

80

System memory

#200 to 2177

Program

Yes

Register

No

File 1

No

File 2

No

201

202

81

82

#200 to 2177

#200 to 2177

Yes

Yes

8K bytes *1

No

No

16K bytes

No

64K bytes *2

203

204

83

84

#200 to 2177

#200 to 2177

No

No

8K bytes *1

No

No

16K bytes

No

64K bytes *2

205

206

85

86

#200 to 2177

#200 to 2177

Yes

No

8K bytes *1

8K bytes *1

16K bytes

16K bytes

No

64K bytes *2

*1 8 K bytes from 09000 to 99777 and E0000 to #57777. Area E6000 to E7777 cannot be stored in the ROM.

*2 When the JW-32CUH1 is used and its file capacity is selected to 32 K-bytes (program capacity

31.5 K words), ROM storable capacity of file 2 will be 32 K bytes.

(3) Writing in flash ROM

By the writing operation by the hand-held programmer JW-13PG or the ladder software JW-50SP, the program can be written into the flash ROMs of control modules.

See instruction manual of respective support tool for operation.

7-46

Chapter 8. Trial run

8-1 Check points prior to trial run

When installation and wiring are completed, check following points, prior to supplying power to the

JW30H.

1 Check the connection conditions of the power lines and the input/output lines.

- Whether the wiring is correct?

- Whether the screws in the terminal block are not loose?

- Whether the fitting of the connector is correct?

- Whether the each module is fixed securely?

- Whether the cable size is correct?

2 Check the connection conditions of the I/O expansion cable and 5 VDC

cable.

- Whether the cable are connected correctly and fixed firmly between basic rack

panel and expansion rack panel?

3 Check the connection of the grounding line.

- Whether class-3 grounding is correctly grounded?

- Whether the grounding is not co-grounded with a high voltage board?

4 Check the voltage of the power supply source.

- Whether power voltage of power supply is within rated voltage?

AC power supply (JW-21PU/33PU) ;

85 to 246 VAC,47 to 63Hz,

AC power supply (JW-31PU) ;

85 to 132 VAC,47 to 63Hz,

DC power supply (JW-22PU) ;

20.4 to 32 VDC

5 Check the operation condition of the halt output circuit.

- Whether halt output signal is connected properly with external circuit in outside

JW30H?

6 Supply power.

8-1

8-2 Operation method for trial run

Operate the JW30H according to following process after precautions for operation is checked.

1 Memory protect switch of control module is " OFF. "

2 Connect support tool.

3 Supply power.

4 Check whether the power lamp in the power supply module is "ON" or not.

5 All Initialize.

- Clear system memory

- Clear program memory

- Clear data memory

6 Set system memory (select function)

- See the programming manual, ladder instruction version.

- Setting can be omitted if not necessary.

7 Register I/O table.

- To be set only when changing the rack top address

- In case of auto I/O registration, setting is unnecessary

8 Check the wiring to I/O module.

- Check the input port wiring using the display port of the input module or

the monitoring function of the support tool.

- Check the output port wiring by forcing the switch ON／OFF of the

output circuit in the support tool.

Note: Switch ON the setting value changing switch : 07365,

prior to set the forcing switch ON ／OFF for output.

07366 07365

Normal OFF Setting value changing switch

To the next page

8-2

From the previous page

9 Execute programming

- Input a program using the hand-held programmer or the

multipurpose programmer.

- Transfer a program to the control module when the program

is saved in the ladder software.

0 Run trial operation

- Confirm whehter the run lamp in the power supply module

is "ON" or not.

- Check PC motion.

q Revise the program

- Revise the program, if it is not correct.

In the case of a confidential program, the secret function can be set appropriately.

w Save the program

- Write the program in a floppy disk or a ROM.

- Print out the program using a printer.

e Memory protect switch of control module is "ON."

End

8-3

Chapter 9. Maintenance and check

9-1 Periodical check

The following table is the recommended periodical check of used items, so as to keep the JW30H operating normally and in the best condition:

General items

Check items

No

Remarks

Ambient temperature

Ambient humidity

Atmosphere











Within the specifications

Temperature in the control box becomes the ambient temperature when the

JW30H is installed in a control box.











0 to 55°C

35 to 90 %RH

No corrosive gas, no dust

0 to 40°C when the hand-held programmer is installed.

35 to 85% RH and no condensation when the hand-held programmer is installed.

Vibration, shock

Check contents Standard

Control module

Check items

FAULT lamp

Battery

Installed condition

Check contents

Make a visual check the

FAULT (error) lamp

That the available period is over.

The module is fixed firmly

Basic/expansion rack panel

Check items Check contents

Connection cable

The I/O expansion cable and

5 VDC cable are connected firmly.

Installed condition

It is fixed firmly on a panel

Standard

Light OFF

Within the validity.

No looseness

Standard

No looseness

Remarks

Remarks

Power supply module

Check items

Input power

Installed condition

Check contents

Measure input voltage at the terminal block and check that it is within the specification.

Standard

AC power (JW-21PU/33PU)

85 to 264 VAC

AC power (JW-31PU)

85 to 132 VAC

DC power (JW-22PU)

20.4 to 32 VDC

The module is fixed firmly.

Terminal block screws have not loosened.

9-1

No looseness

Remarks

Input/output module

Check items Check contents Standard

• 100/120 VAC input module

85 to 132 VAC

• DC input module

10 to 26.4 VDC

Input or output power supply

That the voltage supplied at cable to input/output module is within the specification.







Measure the “ON” level voltage in case of the input module







• 200/240 VAC input module

170 to 250 VAC

• DC output module

10 to 27 VDC

• AC output module

15 to 250 VAC


4.75 to 27 VDC


4.75 to 30 VDC

• Relay output module

AC: 250 VAC or less

DC: 30 VDC or less

Installed condition

The each module is fixed firmly

Terminal block screws have not loosened.

No looseness

Remarks

JW-201N

JW-211NA

JW-202N

JW-212NA

JW-214NA

JW-234N

JW-203N

JW-202S

JW-203S

JW-213SA

JW-212SA

JW-232S

JW-204S

JW-214SA

Program

Check items

Floppy diskette

Check contents

That the diskette is not over the rated register period.

Standard

Register the data in the floppy diskette changing every

Remarks

Note: Register a program in a floppy diskette using a ladder software in JW30H. The handling and maintenance is easy when a program is stored in a floppy diskette.

9-2

9-2 Exchange method of batteries

Exchange battery for memory back-up in control module JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/

33CUH3 within its validity.

Battery module can be replaced while supplying power to the JW30H.

[Model name of battery module]

UBATN5005NCZZ

Lead cables

Battery

[Battery exchange procedure]

1 Prepare a new battery module for exchange.

2 Open the battery cover.

Battery cover is removable.

Battery cover

Connector

Battery expires seal.

This battery expires

2000. 10

Exchange the battery within

5 minutes.

Varidity

In case of this

Oct.2000

3 Disconnect the battery module connector from the control module battery connector.

Battery connector

4 Insert a new battery module connector in the battery connector of the memory module.

The battery change must completed within 5 minutes. Otherwise, the memory may be erased.

Battery connector

5 Put battery into control module, and close battery cover.

Note: Do not subject the battery to impact of any kind. Do not pull on the lead wires of the battery, or liquid leakage accident may occur.

9-3

9-3 Self-diagnosis function

By the self-diagnostic function, the system is running while checking if its own hardware is normal or not. As a result of self-diagnosis, if abnormality is detected, the stop output is turned OFF (opened), and the fault lamp lights up to stop operation.

Self-diagnosis is executed in every scan, and when recovered to normal state, the stop output is automatically turned ON (closed), and the operation is resumed. (By the infinite loop of user program or the like, when the watchdog timer is actuated, the operation is stopped by the program mode, and the stop output is opened.)

[1] Abnormality not detected by self-diagnostic function

1. Abnormality directly affecting the self-diagnostic function itself of the control module (such as hardware abnormality of control module)

2. Abnormality in the outer side circuit module of input and output module (abnormality not affecting the I/O bus port)

Examples:

- When the load cannot be driven due to abnormality of output transistor of output module.

- When input signal cannot be taken in due to abnormality of photo coupler of input circuit of input module.

3. Communication abnormality in data link

Communication abnormality can be confirmed by the LED of option module or communication flag.

* For details see "user's manual" of option module.

9-4

[2] Self-diagnosis function (Error code table)

I t e m

M e m o r y e r r o r

C P U e r r o r

C o n t e n t s

C h e c k i n s t r u c t i o n c o d e

C h e c k s y s t e m m e m o r y s e t t i n g

C h e c k p r o g r a m R O M

C h e c k p r o g r a m s u m

C h e c k I / O r e g i s t r a t i o n m o d u l e t a b l e

W a t c h d o g t i m e r

R A M c h e c k ( R / W )

H a r d w a r e c h e c k

P C o p e r a t i n g c o n d i t i o n

H a l t o u t p u t

C o n t r o l m o d u l e

F A U L T

I n d i c a t i o n l a m p o f s u p p p o w e r l y m o d u l e

P O W E R R U N

E r r o r c o d e

( B C D )

S p e c i a l r e l a y

* 3

S p e c i a l r e g i s t e r

S m y e s t e m m o r y

ｺ 0 7 3 4 t

# 1 6 0 o 1 6

2 4

S t o p

S t o p

O p e n L i g h t O N L i g h t O N L i g h t O F F 0 7 3 7 0

O p e n L i g h t O F F L i g h t O N B il n k i n g -

0 7 3 7 1

2 0

0 0

3 0

2 3

2 5

2 6

2 8

3 1

3 2

3 5

I / O d a t a b u s

A t r e O u t p u t d a t a c h e c k f r e s h i n g

I n s t a ll e d m o d u l e c h e c k

I / O r a c k p a n e l e r r o r

I / O e r r o r

A t t a b l e v e r i f y i n g

T a b l e v e r i f y e r r o r

S w i t c h v e r i f y e r r o r

T a b l e r e g i s t r a t i o n e r r o r

A t t a b l e r e g i s t r a t i o n

N o

I / O m o d u l e e r r o r p o i n t s o v e r

S w i t c h s e t t i n g e r r o r

H a r d w a r e e r r o r

S t o p O p e n L i g h t O N L i g h t O N L i g h t O F F 0 7 3 7 3

0 7 3 7 5

S e r p r e o r c i a l I / O

P a r a m e t e r e r r o r

* 1 * 2

F u s e b l o w o f

J W 2 6 2 S

O p e r a

S t o t i o n p

C

O l o p s e e n

L i g h t

L i g h t

O F F

O N

L

L i g i g h t h t

O

O

N

N L

L i i g g h h t t O

O

N

F F

0 7 3 6 3

O p t i o n e r r o r

* 1

H a r d w a r e e r r o r

O p e r a t i o n C l o s e L i g h t O F F L i g h t O N L i g h t O N

S t o p O p e n L i g h t O N L i g h t O N L i g h t O F F

0 7 3 7 4

P o w e r e r r o r s u p p l y P o w e r v o l t a g e f a li u r e / l o w

E x p a n s i o n p o w e r s u p p l y e r r o r

P o w e r v o l t a g e f a li u r e / l o w

B a t t e r y e r r o r

B a

N o t t e r y i n s t a l o w ll a t i v o l t a g e / o n o f b a t t e r y

H a l t o u t p u t

O

S t o p e r a p t i o n

O

C l p o e s n e

L

L i i g g h h t t

O

O

F F

N

L

L i i g h g h t t

O

O

F F

N

L i g h t O

R e l a y o u t p u t , 1 0 0 / 2 0 0 V A C , 3 0 V D C , 1 A , O N w h li e P C o p e r a t i o n ( c l o s e )

F F

0 7 3 7 7

0 7 3 7 6

0 7 3 7 2

4 0

6 0

7 0

4 0

5 0

1 0

4 0

2 0

4 4

4 2

4 0

4 8

6 0

6 1

7 0

7 1

7 2

7 3

4 6

4 7

4 9

5 3

1 3

* 4

4 3

2 2

*1 The upper or lower state of each item may occur when the fuse is melted down in the system memory #206 or #207, or by the setting in the case of option abnormality.

(Setting) (State)

Continue operation → Upper column

Halt → Lower column

9-5

*2 When eternal power is not supplied to the JW-262S, a fuse failure will also occur.

A special attention must be paid when #206 is set to operation stoppage.

*3 The special relay: 7370 to 7377 are special relay which are turned ON when detected in self-diagnosis.

In the event of abnormality, the kind of trouble is known by monitoring the special relay through support tool, host communication, or data link. (The special relay is turned ON in the event of abnormality, but I/O processing is not executed in the event of abnormality, and hence it cannot be taken out of the output.)

*4 The power source error is stored when the power source is turned ON even in normal state.

Error code strage area #160 to 167

The system memory in which the error code is stored are #160 to 167 are in stack structure, and the latest error code is stored in #160.

167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160

The newest error code

(The content in #160 is transferred to #161 when next failure occurs.)

9-6

9-4 Troubleshooting

In the event of abnormality, check the LED (RUN, FAULT) of the power supply module and control module, and remedy according to the check flow depending on the state.

[1] State of LED

RUN

(Power supply module)

OFF ○

OFF ○

Blink ◎

ON

ON

●

●

Fault

(Control module)

ON ●

OFF ○

OFF ○

Remarks

Detectable error for self-diagnosis

Power supply OFF

Halt mode

Disable detection error by selfdiagnosis (input relation)

OFF ○

ON ●

Disable detection error by selfdiagnosis (output relation)

Others

→ Check flow1

→ Check flow2

→ Check flow3

→ Check flow4

→ Check flow5

→ Check flow1

[2] Precondition of check flow

This check flow describes the countermeasure method (replacement of defective module and subsequent restoring method) in the event the system running normally so far suddenly breaks down.

Therefore, the following cases are excluded.

1. Trouble due to error in initial setting when starting up the system (system memory, parameter, setting switch, etc.).

2. Momentary failure due to transient abnormality due to noise or other effect (irreproducible trouble).

3. Trouble due to effect of ladder program (customer's application).

[3] Prepare for causing trouble

1. Be sure to keep back-up for program memory and system memory

When the control module is abnormal, the current program memory and the like may not be saved by the support tool, or the saved data may be incorrect. Therefore, store the latest program memory and back-up of system memory always in the floppy disk (FD).

In the case of ROM operation, store the back-up in the FD, too.

2. Prepare for support tool at hand

Prepare the support tool that can load/save of hand-held programmer or program.

3. Prepare for spare parts

Prepare always a spare of each module to be ready for abnormality.

4. Prepare for “setting SW, setting system memory, I/O relay allocation table” of each module

For prompt troubleshooting, prepare the "switch setting table and I/O relay allocation table" of each module.

*Prepare also the "parameter setting table" in the module which requires setting of parameter aside from switches, such as special I/O module and option module.

9-7

[4] Check flow

(1) Check flow 1

Monitor system memory #160 using a hand-held programmer.

Contents of

#160 (HEX)

32, 35

Countermeasure

23, 24, 26

25

44

40, 42, 48

60, 70

61, 73

71

72

46, 47

53

22

43

Replace the control module

Under RAM operation: Clear the memory, and then re-load the program. If this error still occurs, replace the control module.

Under ROM operation: Turn ON the power from OFF. If this error still occurs, replace the control module.

Program re-loading. If this error still occurs, re-write the ROM program. If this error still occurs, replace the control module.

Replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace I/O modules one after the other from the first module. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel.

Monitor #046 and replace the I/O module. If this error still occurs, replace the other I/O modules. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel.

Check the rack No. switches on the expansion rack panel and the I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-32EA). If this error still occurs, monitor #046 and replace the I/O module. If this error still occurs, replace the other I/O modules. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel.

Check if there are any doubling settings among module No. switches for the special I/O module, the I/O link master module, or the option module. If this error still occurs, replace the special I/O module, I/O link master module, and option module, one after the other.

Check that an I/O module is installed. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace the basic rack panel.

Install an I/O module within the max. number of I/O points. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace I/O modules one after the other from the first module. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel.

Monitor #046 and replace the I/O module. If this error still occurs, replace the other I/O modules. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel.

Replace the I/O link master module (can be monitored on #051) that FT lamp lights.

Exchange battery. If this error still occurs, replace the control module.

Make sure power is supplied to the expansion power supply. If this error still occurs, replace the expansion power supply. If this error still occurs, replace the expansion cable. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel.

Can’t monitor in programmer

Replace the control module.

《Monitor operation of system memory #160》

Clear System １６０ Monitor

Monitor in HEX

《Monitor operation of system memory #046》

Clear System ４６ Monitor

* * *, * is error code

Monitor in HEX

ＲＳ

9-8

Slot No. (0 to 7)

Rack No. (0 to 3)


Is operation of control module normal?

N

Y

LED error

Check power voltage of power terminal of the control module.


Within the range of input voltage specification?

Y

N

Check external wiring or external power supply etc.


Enter operation mode using a hand-held programmer


Does the JW30H enter operatiuon mode?

N

Is operation stopped at the option module?

NG

Y

OK

Recovery

Start operation by using option module

Check program to see if infinite loop or scan time may possibly exceed 300 ms.

Yes

Revise the program (Then enter operation mode.)

None


*1 Check that the value of system memory

#160 is set to 31

HEX

*2 If the value of system memory #160 is set to 31

HEX

,

clear the value (enter 00

HEX

)

Y

Does the JW30H enter operation mode?

N

Recovery

Exchange the control module

<Operation of program check>

Grammer check Clear ＊＊ Detection

9-9


This flow shows the checking procedure in the event of abnormality of input signal not detected by the self-diagnosis of the control module.

Example of the error

• All inputs of specific input module fail to be turned ON.

• Specific input fails to be turned ON (OFF).

• Among input signals of a same input module, operation of a certain input signal affects other input signal.

Countermeasure: Error input signal

1 Measure the voltage between the corresponding input terminal of the input module and the common terminal using a tester.

If supply voltage is applied between terminals: ON

If supply voltage is not applied between terminals: OFF

2 Check the state of LED of input module.

3 Connect hand-held programmer, and check ON/OFF by monitoring the data memory (input relay) corresponding to the abnormal input.

In case of 1=2=3

In case of the others

Check the external wiring and power supply.

Exchange the input module.

[The flow of input signal]

Control module

Memory

2


3

Input module

I/F circuit

2

LED

Common terminal

1

Input terminal

9-10


This flow shows the checking procedure in the event of abnormality of output signal not detected by the self-diagnosis of the control module.

Example of the error

• All inputs of specific output module fail to be turned ON.

(In this case, it is highly possible that the fuse of load power output is melted down.)

• Specific output fails to be turned ON (OFF).

• Among output signals of a same output module, operation of a certain output signal affects other output signal.

Countermeasure: Error output signal

1 Connect hand-held programmer, and check ON/OFF by monitoring the data memory (output relay) corresponding to the abnormal output.

2 Check the state of LED of output module.

3 Measure the voltage between the corresponding output terminal of the output module and the common terminal using a tester.

When the inter-terminal voltage is output ON voltage (about 1 V or less): ON

When the inter-terminal voltage is load supply voltage: OFF

Note: When the load power source is OFF and wiring to the load is disconnected, it is abnormal if the output is normal.

In case of 1 ＝ 2 ＝ 3

In case of 1 ＝ 2 ≠ 3

In case of the others

Connecting load is error

Check the external wiring

(power supply) Exchange the output module.

Exchange the output module.

[The flow of output signal]

Control module

Memory

1


1

Output module

I/F circuit 2

LED

Output terminal

Load

3

Power supply

Fuse

Common terminal

9-11

Chapter 10. Support tool

10-1 Kinds of support tool

The support tool that can be used in the JW30H are classified into models that can use all functions of the JW30H (JW30H applicable support tool) and models that can be used only in the functional range of the conventional models (JW20H, JW50H/70H/100H) (JW30H non-applicable support tool).

Also, functions of some JW30H compatible support tools may be limited to those of conventional models (JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH), depending on the versions.

Refer to each instruction manual about operation in detail.

[1] JW30H applicable support tool

M o d u l e n a m e


J W 1 4 P G

V e r s i o n

H a n d h e l d p r o g r a m m e r

M u l t i p u r p o s e p r o g r a m m e r

L a d d e r s o f t w a r e

J W 1 3 P G

J W 5 0 P G

J W 1 0 0 S P

J W 9 2 S P

J W 5 2 S P

J W 5 0 S P

-

B m a r k

A

N o m a r k m a r k

5 .

0 o r m o r e

5 .

0 t o 5 .

3 A

-

5 .

5 o r m o r e

5 .

0 t o 5 .

3 A

5 .

5 I o r m o r e

5 .

0 t o 5 .

3 A I

A v a i l a b l e f u n c t i o n u s i n g J W 3 0 H

A ll f u n c t i o n o f J W 3 0 H

W i t h i n t h e f u n c t i o n o f J W 3 1 C U H / 3 2 C U H / 3 3 C U H







[2] JW30H non-applicable support tool

Module name

Hand-held programer

Multipurpose programmer

Ladder processor II

Ladder software

Model name

JW-2PG

JW-12PG

JW-50PG

Z-100LP2S

+

Z-3LP2ES

JW-92SP

JW-50SP

Version

---

---

4.0A or less

Z-3LP2ES

5.2 or more

4.0 A or less

3.0l

Available function using JW30H

Within the function of JW20H

Within the function of JW20H,

JW50H/70H/100H

Note: The JW-2PG and JW-12PG cannot forcibly set/reset relays, transfer data using a ROM writer or transfer data to a cassette tape.

Further, the JW-50PG (less than 4.0 A), JW-92SP (less than 4.0 A), or JW-50SP (3.0I) cannot forcibly set/reset relays, nor do sampling trace.

10-1

10-2 Directions of use support tool

This section explains the manner of manipulating the JW30H by using the JW30H non-applicable support tool.

[1] Mode

Set in the system memory #260 (PC model mode) of the JW30H to determine as what model the

JW30H non-applicable support tool recognizes the JW30H.

Setting value of #260

50

HEX

Except for 50

HEX

Contents

JW50H/70H/100H mode

· The JW30H is recognized as JW50H/70H/100H.

· Operating within the function of JW50H/70H/100H is possible.

JW20H mode (initial mode)

· The JW30H is recognized as JW20H.

· Operating within the function of JW20H is possible.

Note: In case of JW-2PG using in JW30H, set 02

HEX

in the system memory #136 of JW30H.

[2] Limit items

The following limit items are applied in each mode.

(1) In case of JW20H mode

• Access to the file register is impossible.

• Set parameter of special I/O is Max. 8.

(2) In case of JW50H/70H/100H mode

• Application instructions involved in I/O is unacceptable.

• Option, parameter of special I/O treat as file E.

In both modes, the program memory, data memory, system memory, and application instructions are in the scope of each mode model. The relay and register extended in the JW30H and additional application instructions cannot be used.

[3] Mode changing method

(1) In case of hand-held programmer

1 Change setting value of system memory #260.

2 Power supply of hand-held programmer is OFF. (ON/OFF of power source, plugging/unplugging of connector)

(2) In case of model having self power supply; Z-100LP2S, etc.

1 If impossible to communicate due to different models, change the models. (If the mode model of support tool is JW20H, change to JW50H/70H/100H; if JW50H/70H/100H, change to JW20H.)

2 When communication is enabled, change the setting value in the system memory #260.

3 The model is changed to the new setting mode.

10-2

Chapter 11. Specifications

11-1 General specifications


P o w

I t e e r m v o s l t a g e

U s i n g J W 2 1 P U

8 5 t o 2 6 4 V A

6 3 H z

C , 4 7 t o

2

U

0 .

s

4 i n t g o

J W

3 2 .

2

0

2

V

P U

D C *

U s i a n g J W 3 1 P U

( U L / C S A p p r o v e d )

8 5 t o

4 7

1 t o

3 2

6

V A

3 H z

C ,

U s i n g J W -

3 3 P U

( U L / C S A / C E a p p r o v e d )

8 5 t o

4 7

2 t o

6 4

6

V A

3 H z

C ,

G u a r a n t e e d v o l t a g e i n t e r r u p t i o n t i m e

A v a li a b l e v o l t a g e i n t e r r u p t i o n t i m e o f 1 0 m s m a x .

r

I

D n e s s i e s t l i u s l t a e c r e t a n t r n g i t o c i c h n e a l

N o i s e i m m u n i t y

1 0 M o h m m i n .

a t 5 0 0 V D C m e g g e

( b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l

A C e a n d x t e r a c r n a l k p a n e l )

1 5 0 0 f o

V A C , r 1 m

5 i n

0 / 6 0 u t e

H z

( b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l

A C e a n d x t e r a c r n a l k p a n e l ) t e

( r b e t w e e m

1 0 0 0 i n a l

V A n D C a n d

C , r a m i n u t e e x c k t e r n a p

5 0 / 6 0 H z a f n o e r l l ) t e

( b r e t w e e m i n a l n D C a n d r a e x c k t e r n a p a n e l l )

1

( b e

1

( b e

5 t t w e

0 0 w e e n e n

A C

V A C , r

A C r a e x t c e a c k x k t e p r e r n a n a

5 0 / 6 0 H z n a e l p a n e l ) l

( b y n o i s e s i m u l

1 0 0 0 a t o r

V p p 1 b e t w e e n

µ s w t h e i d p t h o w i m e r p u l il n e s e a n d r a c k p a n e l ) l ) t t e r m i n a l f o r e r

1 m i m i n a l n a n d i t e a n d

S t o r a g e t e m p e r a t u r e

– 2 0 t o 7 0 ° C

A m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e

A m b i e n t h u m i d i t y

A t m o s p h e r e

3 5 t o 9 0 %

0

R t o

H (

5 n

5 ° o n -

C c o n d e n s i n g )

V i b r a t i o n r e s i s t a n c e

S h o c k r e s i s t a n c e

P o w e r c o n s u m p t i o n

F r e e f r o m c o r r o s i v e g a s

M u l t i p l e v i b r a t i o n s w e e w i d t h : p : ( 1

0 .

o c t

1 5

J I S m

C m a v e / m i n

(

0 9 1 1

1 u t

0 e ) t o

, t o r

5 7 e q u i v a l e n t

H z ) , 9 .

8 m / s 2 h r e e d i r e c t i o n s (

( 5 7

X , Y t o

, a

1 5 0 n d

H z ) ,

Z )

N u m b e r o f

J I S C 0 9 1 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t , 1 4 7 m / s 2 ( 3 t i m e s i n e a c h X , Y a n d Z a x i s )

W

G r o e u i g n h d i t n

A

3 p

.

p

6 r o k x g

.

6 0 V A m a x * 2 7 0 V A m a x * 2

W h e m e m n o r o n y e m p o w e r o d u l e , s u p p l y a n d e i g m h t o d

I / u l e ,

O m o n o d u e c l e s o i n t r o n s t a l m o ll e d d i u l e , n b a o n s i c e r a c k p a n e l

C l a s s 3 g r o u n d i n g

*1. As for DC input power source, use power source of 20.4 to 32 VDC (ripple rate 20% or less; however, ripple upper limit: 32 V or less, lower limit: 20.4 V or more).

*2. This value is at max load state of single power supply module.

11-1

11-2 System specifications

Items

Number of rack panel connected

Total length of expansion cable

Specifications


*1

Max. 50 m *1

Max. number of I/O points

JW-32CUH1: 1024 points

JW-33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3: 3072 points

Number of mounting

I/O module, special I/O module, I/O link module, and option module

Total of 64 sets can be mounted *2

• Max. of 64 I/O modules can be mounted including on both the basic and the expansion rack panels (racks 0 to 7).

• Max. 32 special I/O modules can be mounted including on both the basic and the expansion rack panels (racks 0 to 3).

• Max. of 4 I/O link modules can be mounted on the basic rack panel.

• Max. of 7 option modules can be mounted on the basic rack panel.

Number of I/O relay occupied points of I/O module, special I/O module, option module.

(Allocation of relay address)

Program memory

Module Item

8 points input/output module



Special I/O module

I/O link/option module

Vacant slot

Number of I/O relay area occupied points

16 points

16 points

32 points

16 points

16 points

16 points

Option, I/O link and special I/O module is execlusive use relay area except for I/O relay area.

The JW30H has a standard provision of memory port for storing the user program (fixed capacity).

The program can be stored in the built-in flash ROM.

*1 In case of using basic rack panel JE-34KB/36KB/38KB, expansion rack panel JW-34ZB/36ZB/

38ZB, and I/O bus expansion adapter JW-31EA/32EA.

*2 In case of using basic rack panel JW-38KB and seven expansion rack panel JW-38ZB.

11-2

11-3 Performance specifications

Items

Program system

Control system

Processing speed

Type and numbers of instruction

Program size

Memory back-up

I/O control system

Max. numbers of

I/O points

Specifications

JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3

Stored program system

Compatible cyclic calculation and interrupt dealing system

Basic instruction (except OUT, TMR, CNT, MD) : 0.038 µs/instruction.

OUT instruction : 0.076 µs/instruction

Application instructions, TMR, CNT, MD instructions : average number µ to several tens µs/instruction

Basic instruction : 20 Application instruction : 117

(150 to JW-31CUH1)

7.5K words

15.5K words/31.5K

words (switchover)

31.5K words 63K words

By built-in lithium battery. (Available for ROM operation using integrated flash ROM.)

Both block refresh system and refresh system by instruction are applied.

512 points 1024 points 3072 points *1

Max. rack panels : 8 rack panels *2

Relay

3072 points  00000 to 15777

 20000 to 75777









ｺ0000 to ｺ1577

ｺ2000 to ｺ7577





Relay for option module

Flag for option module

Flag for I/O link

Relay for I/O link

2560 points

448 points

(10000 to 14777)

(15000 to 15677)

64 points (15700 to 15777)

2048 points (20000 to 23777)

[

[ ｺ1000 to ｺ1477]

ｺ1500 to ｺ1567]

[ ｺ1570 to ｺ1577]

[ ｺ2000 to ｺ2377] *3

Relay for special I/O module (basic system)

4096 points (30000 to 33777) [ ｺ3000 to ｺ3777]

Relay for special

I/O module (Remote

I/O slave station)

1024 points (40000 to 41777) [ ｺ4000 to ｺ4177]

Special relay

64 points (07300 to 07377)

07300 to 07337 : Reserved area 07366 : Normally OFF contact

07340 to 07347 : Error code strage 07370 : Memory error

07354 : Non-carry flag 07371: CPU error

07355 : Error flag

07356 : Carry flag

07372 : Battery error

07373 : I/O error

07357 : Zero flag 07374 : Option error

07360 : 0.1 second clock 07375 : Special I/O error

07362 : Initialize pulse 07376 : Expansion power supply error

07363 : Fuse blown 07377 : Power supply error

07364 : 1.0 second clock

07365 : Setting value change switch

*1 In case of 32 sets of 32-point modules and 32 sets of 64-point modules (special I/O modules) are mounted.

*2 In case of using basic rack panel JW-34KB/36KB/38KB, expansion rack panel JW-34ZB/36ZB/

38ZB, and I/O bus expansion adapter JW-31EA/32EA.

*3 Each relay is setted by module No. switch on the face of special, I/O link, and option module.

11-3

Items

Timer/counter/MD

Register

Current timer storage register

Specifications


Total 1024 points [000 to 1777 : timer and counter · in common]

• Timer set time

100 ms timer (TMR0000 to 1777)

0.1 sec. to 199.9 sec.

0.1 sec. to 3276.7 sec.(BIN)

0.1 sec. to 799.9 sec.(BCD)

10 ms timer (TMR 0400 to 0777)

0.01 sec. to 19.99 sec.(BCD)

TMR 0400 to 0777 is selectable timer feature of 100 ms unit and 10 ms unit.

• Counter setting value 1 to 1999

1 to 32767 (BIN)

• MD setting value

1 to 7999 (BCD)

0 to 999

The current value of the counter and MD are kept ON at power OFF. Timer is selectable between kept or reset after power OFF. Assignable timer/ counter setting value into registers. (Refer to application instructions F-

260, Fc260, F-261 and Fc261 of programming manual.)

9216 bytes (kept after power OFF)

09000 to 09777, 19000 to 19777, 29000 to 29777,

39000 to 39777, 49000 to 49777, 59000 to 59777,

69000 to 69777, 79000 to 79777, 89000 to 89777,

99000 to 99777, E0000 to E7777.

Second : 99770

Minute : 99771

Hour : 99772

———

Day : 99773

Month : 99774

Year : 99775

The day of the week : 99776

Control code : 99777

11-4

Items

Error history storage register

Specifications


This register can store the last 8 error codes of the control module and option module including the error occurrence time (except for JW-31CUH1) and the number.

Total : 1K bytes (E6000 to E7777)

E6000 to

Option module

(Module No. switch 6)

E6177

E6200 to

Option module


E6377

E6400 to

Option module


E6577

E6600 to

Option module


E6777

E7000 to

Option module


E7177

E7200 to

E7377

E7400

Option module

(Module No. switch 1) to

Option module


E7577

E7600 to

Control module

Error 8

Error 7

Error 6

Error 5

Error 4

Error 3

Error 2

Error 1

E7777

The error occurrence time is stored by

24 hour indication.

00

01

02

03

04

Second

Minute

Hour

Date

Month

05

06

13

14

Year

Day of week

07

10

11

Error code

Error rack/slot/switch

12

No. of error occured

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

15

16

Reserved

Reserved

※

17 Reserved

※JW-31CUH1 is not fixed.

File register No

File 1

(16K bytes)

File 2

(Change between 32K and

64K bytes)

File 1

(16K bytes)

File 2,3

(Each 64K bytes)

File 1

(16K bytes)

File 2,3

(Each 64K bytes)

File 10 to 14

(Each 64K bytes)

File 1

(16K bytes)

File 2,3

(Each 64K bytes)

File 10 to 1F

(Each 64K bytes)

File 20 to 2C

(Each 64K bytes)

Total

48K/80K bytes Total

144K bytes

Total

464K bytes

Total

2000K bytes

11-5

Items

System memory

JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1

Specifications

JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3

N u m b e r ( O C T )

# 0 1 0 t o 0 1 7

C o n t e n t s

M o n i t o r t h e t i m e r ( n o t a v a li a b l e f o r J W 3 1 C U H 1 )

# 0 3 0

# 0 3 1

M

D i o n t t o i t o r t h e m i n i m u m s c a n n i n g t i m e

# 0 3 2

# 0 3 3

# 0 3 4

# 0 3 5

M

D

D i i o n t t t t o i t o r

M o n i t o r o t h e c u r r e n t s c a n n i n g t h e m a x i m u m t i m e s c a n n i n g t i m e

# 0 4 6

# 0 5 0

# 0 5 1

# 0 5 2

# 0 5 3

(

( l o w u p p e r e r

( l o w e r

( u p p e r

( l o w e r

( u p p e r d d d i g d i g i t i i g g i t i i t d i g i t t

B C

B C

B C D )

B C

D )

D )

D d i g i t B C D )

B C D )

)

M o n i t o r t h e e r r o r

M o n i t o r t h e e r r o r d e t e c t e d I s w i t c h N o .

/ O r a c k p a n e l a n d s l o t N o .

( O C T )

( O p t i o n m o d u l e )

D i t t o ( I / O il n k m a s t e r m o d u l e )

M

D i o n i t o r t t o t h e e r r o r a d d r e s s o n u s e r ?

s p r o g r a m ( l o w e r d i g i t )

( u p p e r d i g i t )

# 1 1 4

# 1 1 5

S e l e c t o c t a l / d e c i m a l / h e x a d e c i m a l i n t h e a d d r e s s / r e l a y / r e g i s t e r / l a b e l / a p p il c a t i o n i n s t r u c t i o n s .

# 1 3 6

# 1 6 0 t o 1 6 7

# 1 7 0 t o 1 7 7

# 2 0 1

# 2 3 3

# 2 3 4

# 2 3 5

# 2 3 6

# 2 3 7

# 2 4 0 t o 2 4 3

# 2 4 6

# 2 4 7

# 2 5 0

# 2 5 1

# 2 5 2

# 2 5 3

# 2 5 5

# 2 5 6

# 2 5 7

# 2 6 0

# 2 2 3

# 2 2 4

# 2 2 5

# 2 2 6

# 2 2 7

# 2 3 0

# 2 3 1

# 2 3 2

# 2 0 2

# 2 0 6

# 2 0 7

# 2 1 0

# 2 1 1

# 2 2 0

# 2 2 2

S e t t h e t o o l m o d e l .

S t o r e t h e e r r o r c o d e o f s e l f d i a g n o s i s

S t o r e t h e e r r o r c o d e o n o p t i o n m o d u l e .

S e t t h e r e s e t t i n g c o n d i t i o n s o f T M R

S e t t h e r e s e t t i n g c o n d i t i o n s o f C N T

S e t t h e o p e r a t i o n c o n t i n u e / s t o p a t f u s e b l o w n d e t e c a t i o n .

S e t t h e o p e r a t i o n c o n t i n u e / s t o p a t o p t i o n e r r o r .

S e l e c t i n g e r r o r h i s t o r y s t r a g e r a n g e .

S e t t h e o p e r a t i o n c o n t i n u e / s t o p a t I / O il n k m a s t e r m o d u l e e r r o r .

S e t f li e t o p a d d r e s s f o r c o m m e n t m e m o r y .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s y s t e m o f P G / C O M M 2 p o r t .

S e l e c t i n g t h e c l o c k f e a t u r e ( n o t a v a li a b l e f o r J W 3 1 C U H 1 )

S

S e t f i x

S e l e c

S

D

S e t

D

S

S

S

S i i e e t t t e e t t t t t o o t t c t h e o u t p u t h e h e

S e l e c

S

D

D i e t e t e t i t t

S e t t o o m e d t i n g i n t e r e x l a t m e a s c t i t h e 1 0 m e l a t c h e d h o l d c o m c o m n t r u p t t e n d t i n g c h e d

S e t o u t p u t t o

S e t R O M

B C C

R O M

M o d e l f a n m u n i c a t i o n m u n i c a t i o n t h e r p o r e l m r e m o m s t i m e r r e l a y a d d r e s s o c e s r a c k a y t r y u s i n g a r a ll o w a b l e o p a r e a p p o f s i e a o o n r r t t g f u

1

2 a n c r e t i

( n

( n v o l t a g e a d d r a .

o n o t o t a a e x p a n s i o n h o l d a d d r e s s o f o p e r a t i o n m o d e c o n t m o d e e n t s c h e c k c o d e e s s v a v a li a b l e li a b l e i n t e r r u p t i o n r e l a y f o r f o r a r e a .

e x p a n s i o n r e l a y

J

J t i m e a r e a .

W

W

3

3

(

(

(

(

(

(

(

( l l l l o u o u w

1 C

1 C o u u o w p p p p w p p

U H

U H p p w e e e e e e e e r r r r r r r r d d d d

1 )

1 ) d d d d i i i i i i i i g t g g g g g g i i i i i i i i g t t t t t t t

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

11-6


I t e m s

J W 3 1 C U H 1 J W 3 2 C U H 1 J W 3 3 C U H 1 J W 3 3 C U H 2 J W 3 3 C U H

I

P n a t

C o r e a r m m

S r m u e p u a m t t e n i p p il r r c a n m o g g t i e t r o r m a n a m c o p r e o y r

B r e a k f u n c t i o n

S t e p

N s c o a n p e r a t o p e i o n r a t i o n

A v a li a b l e

O N / O F F f o r c e d

I / O r e l a y

W e i g h t

A c c e s s o r i e s

P

P a a r r a a m m e e t t e e

P a r a m e t e r r r f f o r f o r s p e c i a l s p e c i a l o r o p t i o n

I / O

I / O m o d u l e m o d u l e m o d u l e : 6 4

: 1 2 8

( I n s t a ll b y t e s b y x 7 t i n e t s x h e

3 2 m o d u l e r e m o t e I / O

1 2 8 s l a v e b y t e s s t a t i o n ) x 8 m

: o d u l e s m o d u l e s

T h e r e o p t e h r e m r i i s a s s i r e t i m o n t w o

/ e p r r i n t e o t h y i p e b i r r u p t i t i s o o n .

f o

I i n t f n i

.

e r r u p n

B t e o t r r h t i t o y p e u p t i n o p n s r o c g a r a n m b p r o h i b

, e i t i o n e o s e t n i s i s i n p u t i n t e r r i n d e p e n d e n t l y s e t , y o u c a n u p t o u s f i o n e i n t e a t h e n r r d u p t h e t i o n i n t e r r u p t i o n l a b e l a s t h e c o n v e n

I n p u t

T i m e r i n t e r r u p t i o n i n t e r r u p t i o n

:

:

1 6

1 , p

2 , t i o n a l o i n

5 , t s

1 0 l

, a b e

2 0 l .

m s i n e a c

( h

L B 1 3

( L B 1

6

3

0

5 t o

3

L t o

B 1 3 7

L B 1

7 )

3 5 7 )

-

U s i n

C o m g m

P G / C O M u n i c a t i o n

M 1 s t a p o r n d a t r o r d :

P G / C O M M 2

( R S 2 3 2 C i s o n l y p o r t .

P G / C O M M 2

T r a

R S 2 3 2 C / R S 4 2 2 A n s f e r r a t e : p o r

D a t a

1 1 5 2 0 0 / 5 7 6 0 0 / 3 8 4 0 0 / 1 9 2 0 0 / 9 6 0 0 / 4 8 0 0 / 2 4 0 0 / 1 2 0 0 l e n g t h : 7 b i t s

P a r i t y

S t o p b i b i t t :

: o d

1 / 2 d / e b i t v e n / n o n e

C o n n e c t i o n f o r m : t ) b i t s / s

1

C o m

: 1 m

( R S 2 3 2 u n i c a t i o n

C ) 1 : N f o r m a t

( R S 4 2 2 A )

:

C o

C o m p n n e c t o u t r e

: r

1 il n k

5 o r p i n e q u i p m

D s u b e n t

N o o f

N o t e : c o n n e c t e d

W h e n t h e s t a t i o n s

R S 4 2 2 A

: 3 i s

1 u s e t s e d s

, m a a v a x li

.

a b l e w i r e s y s t e m .

o n l y f o r f o u r

A t n o r m a l [ U s i n g t h e 2 k b y t e s o f i n t e r n a l w o r k a r e a ] :

D a t a c a n b e t r a c e d f o r ( r e l a y r e l

A t a y 1 e x p

5 a n p s i o i n o n t s × 1 0

[ U s i n g

2 4 t h e t i m e s

6 4 k

1 a t

5 a p o n b y t e s i a o n f t r b i t r a f s li

+ e r r e g t e e g i i s s t e t e r r ]

6 p e r i o d .

: b

( y t e

1 0 s ) m s

× 2 5 6 u n i t s ) t i m e s , r

D e l a t a

A v a a y li a c a n

1 5 p b e o i n t t r a c s × e d f o r

3 2 7 6 8

( r e l a y t i m e s

1 5 a t p o a n i n t s a r b i

+ t r r e g i a t e s t e p e r 6 r i o d b y t e s )

.

( 1 0

× m s b l e s e t t i n g a n y p r o g r a m a d d r e s s a s a b r e a k p o i n t .

8 u

1 9 n i t

2 s ) t i m e s , o r o r

C a n e x e c u t e p r o g r a m i n o n e i n s t r u c t i o n s u n i t .

E x e c u t e o p e r a t i o

A v a li a b l e o p e r a t i o n s w i t c h r e s u l t .

n e a c h t

O N / O F F i m e t h e f o r I / O r s p e e l a c i y f i e d r e g a n u m b e r r d l e s s o f o f t h s c e a n i n p s u

( 1 t t o s i g n

9 9 9 9 ) .

a l o r

A p p r o x .

2 7 0 g A p p r o x .

2 8 0

O n e i n s t r u c t i o n m a n u a l

11-7

11-4 Specifications of I/O module

M o d e l n a m e R e f e r e n c e p a g e M o d e l n a m e

J W 2 0 1 N 1 1 8 J W 2 0 2 S

J W 2 0 2 N 1 1 9 J W 2 0 3 S

J W 2 0 3 N 1 1 1 0 J W 2 0 4 S

I n p u t J W 2 1 1 N A

J W 2 1 2 N A

J W 2 1 4 N A

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 2

1 1 1 3

O u t p u t J W 2 1 2 S A

J W 2 1 3 S A

J W 2 1 4 S A

J W 2 3 4 N 1 1 1 4 J W 2 3 2 S

R e f e r e n c e p a g e

1 1 1 5

1 1 1 6

1 1 1 7

1 1 1 8

1 1 1 9

1 1 2 0

1 1 2 1

[1] Input module

(1) JW-201N

Model name

No. of input

Rated input voltage

Input voltage range

Rated input current

AC input module : JW-201N

8 points

100/120 VAC (50/60Hz)

85 to 132 VAC

(50/60Hz, waveform distortion : 5% or less)

10 mA TYP. (100 VAC, 60Hz)

8.4 mA TYP. (100 VAC, 50Hz)

Input impedance

Surge current

Input ON level

Input OFF level

Response time

(module alone)

10 k ohm (TYP., 60Hz), 12k ohm (TYP, 50Hz)

Max. 480 mA, 0.2 ms (at 132 VAC peak ON)

80 V/7 mA or less

30 V/3 mA or more

OFF to ON : 30 ms or less (100 VAC)

ON to OFF : 40 ms or less (100 VAC)

Internal current consumption

(5 VDC)

Operation indication

40 mA max.

LED lights at ON condition

External wire connection system

Dielectrical strength

Insulation resistance

Insulation system

Common system

Weight

10 P detachable terminal block

(M3.5 × 7 screws, blue)

1500 VAC for 1 minute

(between input terminal and secondary circuit)

500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more


By photo-coupler

1 common line for 8 points

Approx. 180g

Input indicator

Circuit diagram

Power

COM

0

7

Photo-coupler

I / O

S p e c i a l

I / O


J W 2 3 2 M

J W 2 6 4 N

J W 2 6 2 S

R e f e r e n c e p a g e

1 1 2 2

1 1 2 3

1 1 2 4

Front view

JW-201N

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

5

6

0

1

2

7

COM.

11-8

(2) JW-202N

Model name

No. of input



DC input module (low speed type) : JW-202N

8 points

12/24 VDC


Input impedance

Surge current

Input ON level

Input OFF level

Response time

(module alone)

10.5 to 26.4 VDC (ripple rate at 24 VDC : 15% or less) (ripple rate at 12 VDC: 5% or less)

7.5 mA TYP. (24 VDC)


3.5 k ohm TYP

———

10.5 V/3 mA or less

5 V/1.5 mA or more

OFF to ON : 10 ms or less (12/24 VDC)

ON to OFF : 10 ms or less (12/24 VDC)


(5 VDC)


40 mA max.






Common system

Weight







By photo-coupler

1 common line for 8 points (No polarity)

Approx. 170g

Input indicator

Circuit diagram

Power

COM

0

7

Photo-coupler

Front view

JW-202N

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

5

6

0

1

2

7

COM.

11-9

(3) JW-203N

Model name

No. of input



AC input module : JW-203N

8 points

200/240 VAC (50/60 Hz)


Input impedance

Surge current

Input ON level

Input OFF level

Response time

(module alone)

170 to 250 VAC

(50/60 Hz, waveform distortion : 5% or less)

9.1 mA TYP. (200 VAC, 60 Hz)

8 mA TYP. (200 VAC, 50 Hz)

22 k ohm (TYP., 60 Hz), 25k ohm (TYP, 50 Hz)

Max. 500 mA, 0.2 ms (at 250 VAC peak ON)

170 V/7 mA or less

70 V/3 mA or more




(5 VDC)


40 mA max.






Common system

Weight







By photo-coupler


Approx. 180g

Input indicator

Circuit diagram

Power

COM

0

7

Photo-coupler

Front view

JW-203N

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

5

6

7

COM.

0

1

2

11-10

(4) JW-211NA

Model name

No. of input



AC input module : JW-211NA

16 points

100/120 VAC (50/60 Hz)


Input impedance

Surge current

Input ON level

Input OFF level

Response time

(module alone)

85 to 132 VAC

(50/60 Hz, waveform distortion : 5% or less)

10 mA TYP. (100 VAC, 60 Hz)

8.4 mA TYP. (100 VAC, 50 Hz)

10 k ohm (TYP., 60 Hz), 12k ohm (TYP, 50 Hz)

Max. 480 mA, 0.2 ms (at 132 VAC peak)

80 V/7 mA or less

30 V/3 mA or more




(5 VDC)


60 mA max.






Common system

Weight







By photo-coupler


Approx. 220g

Input indicator

Circuit diagram

（Ａ）

Power

COM.A

7

0

（Ｂ）

Power

COM.B

7

0

Photo-coupler

Front view

JW-211NA

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

5

6

7

COM.A

0

0

1

2

4

B

1

2

4

5

6

7

COM.B

The JW-211NA covers functions of its previous model (JW-211N). In addition to the inheriting functions, view angel of the LED display (top of the module) is improved to wide-angle display type.

11-11

(5) JW-212NA

Model name

No. of input



DC input module : JW-212NA

16 points

12/24 VDC


Input impedance

Surge current

Input ON level

Input OFF level

Response time

(module alone)

10.5 to 26.4 VDC (ripple rate at 24 VDC : 15% or less) (ripple rate at 12 VDC : 5% or less)



3.3 k ohm TYP.

———

10.5 V/3 mA or less

5 V/1.5 mA or more

OFF to ON : 10 ms or less (12/24 VDC)



(5 VDC)


60 mA max.






Common system

Weight







By photo-coupler

1 common line for 8 points (no polarity)

Approx. 210g

Input indicator

Circuit diagram

（Ａ）

Power

COM.A

7

0

（Ｂ）

Power

COM.B

7

0

Photo-coupler

Front view

JW-212NA

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

5

6

7

COM.A

0

0

1

2

4

B

1

2

4

5

6

7

COM.B


11-12

(6) JW-214NA

Model name

No. of input



DC input module(high speed type) : JW-214NA

16 points

12/24 VDC


Input impedance

Surge current

Input ON level

Input OFF level

Response time

(module alone)

10.5 to 26.4 VDC (ripple rate or at 24 VDC : 15% or less) (ripple rate at 12 VDC : 5% or less)



3.3 k ohm TYP.

———

10.5 V/3 mA or less

5 V/1.5 mA or more

OFF to ON : 0.5 ms or less (12/24 VDC)



(5 VDC)


60 mA max.






Common system

Weight







By photo-coupler


Approx. 210g

Input indicator

（Ａ）

Power

COM.A

7

0

Photo-coupler

Circuit diagram

（Ｂ）

Power

COM.B

7

0

Front view

JW-214NA

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

7

COM.A

0

1

2

B 4

5

6

7

COM.B

0

1

2

4

5

6


11-13

(7) JW-234N

Model name

No. of input



DC input module : JW-234N

32 points *

12/24 VDC


Input impedance

Surge current

Input ON level

Input OFF level

Response time

(module alone)

10.5 to 26.4 VDC (ripple rater at 24 VDC : 15% or less) (ripple rate at 12 VDC : 5% or less)

7 mA TYP. (24 VDC)


3.5 k ohm TYP.

———

10.5 V/3 mA or less

5 V/1.5 mA or more

OFF to ON : 0.5 ms or less (12/24 VDC)

ON to OFF : 1.5 ms or less (12/24 VDC)


(5 VDC)


80 mA max.






Common system

Weight

40 P connector (soldering)

Applicable wire size : AW23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm





By photo-coupler


Approx. 410g

2 )

Input indicator

Circuit diagram

A

B

C

D

Power

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

COM.AB

Power

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

COM.CD

Photo-coupler

・See page 4-7 for the pin

No. and signal name.

Front view

JW-234N

A

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

C

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

D

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

COM.AB

A

B

C

D

2

4

6

0

2

4

6

0

2

4

6

0

0

2

4

6

COM.CD

3

5

7

1

3

5

7

1

3

5

7

1

1

3

5

7

Accessories 40 P connector (soldering) × 1

* When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C in 24 VDC, use that same time input ON no.

of points should be less than 10 points per common. However, constraint do not have in case of using for 12 VDC.

11-14

[2] Output module

(1) JW-202S

Model name

No. of output

Rated load voltage

Load voltage range

DC output module (sink output) : JW-202S

8 points

5/12/24 VDC

4.75 to 27 VDC

Rated max. load current

1 A/point, 4 A/common *

Allowable surge current

4 A (100 ms)

Min. load current

OFF leak current

———

0.2 mA or less

ON voltage drop 1.4 V or less (1 A)

Response time

(module alone)

Surge killer

OFF to ON : 1 ms or less (resistance load)

ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (resistance load)

Zener diode

Rated capacity of fuse element

4 A/125 V (one per common)

Using fuse : 125 VAC 4 A (MQ2 4 A [SOC])


(5 VDC)

190 mA max.

Operation indication LED lights at ON condition


10 P detachable terminal block,

(M 3.5 × 7 screws, red)



(between output terminal and secondary circuit)




Insulation system By photo-coupler

Common system

Weight


Approx. 180g

Output indicator

Circuit diagram

+

Power

—

Load

L

L

COM

0

7

Fuse

Photo-coupler

Front view

JW-202S

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

COM.(—)

Accessories Fuse element 125 VAC 4A × 1

* When the module receives more than 0.3 A inductive load, use the module less than 30 times/ minute open-close frequency (approx. ON for 1 sec., OFF for 1 sec). When the module receives more than 0.5 A of load current, be sure to install surge absorbing measures at load side.

11-15

(2) JW-203S

Model name

No. of output

AC output module : JW-203S

8 points



100 to 240 VAC (50/60Hz)

15 to 250 VAC

(50/60 Hz, waveform distortion: less than 5%)


1 A/point, 4 A/common *1


8 A (100 ms)

Min. load current 30 mA *2

OFF leak current 1.5 mA or less (120 VAC, 25°C), 3 mA or less (240 VAC, 25°C)

ON voltage drop 1.6 V or less (at 1 A)

Response time

(module alone)

Surge killer

OFF to ON : 1 ms or less

ON to OFF : 1 ms plus half power frequency or less

Capacitive valister, snubber


4 A/125 V (one per common)

Using fuse : 250 VAC 4 A (SS2 4 A [SOC])


(5 VDC)

130 mA max.












Common system

Weight


Approx. 220g

Output indicator

Circuit diagram Power

Load

L

L

COM.

0

7

Fuse

Photo-coupler

Front view

JW-203S

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

5

6

7

0

1

2

COM.

Accessories Fuse element : 125 VAC 4A × 1

*1 When ambient temperature is more than 50°C, make sure that load current should be less than

0.8 A/point and 3.2 A/common.

*2 When load current at hold is less than 30 mA, the module may not be able to be switched OFF in certain load situations. In these cases, connect a bleeder parallel to the load line to increase the load current to more than 30 mA level.

11-16

(3) JW-204S

Model name

No. of output

Relay output module (separated common) : JW-204S

8 points

Max. open-close voltage and current

250 VAC/30 VDC, 2A/point (resistance load)

Min. load 5 VDC, 10 mA

Mechanical 20,000,000 times or more

Operation life

Electrial

1. Max. open-close voltage and current load :

100,000 times or more

2. Inductive load (250 VAC, 0.5 A (COS φ = 0.4)) :


3. Inductive load (30 VDC, 0.5 A (T = 7 ms)) :


Response time

(module alone)

Surge killer


ON to OFF : 10 ms or less

———


———


(5 VDC)


430 mA max.






Common system

Weight







By relay

1 common line for 1 point (separated common)

Approx. 220g

Load

L

0

Relay

Output indicator

Power

Circuit diagram

L

COM.

7

Power

COM.

4

5

6

7

2

3

0

1

Front view

JW-204S

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

11-17

(4) JW-212SA


N o .

o f o u t p u t

R a t e d l o a d v o l t a g e

L o a d v o l t a g e r a n g e

R a t e d m a x .

l o a d c u r r e n t

A l l o w a b l e s u r g e c u r r e n t

M i n .

l o a d c u r r e n t

O F F l e a k c u r r e n t

O N v o l t a g e d r o p

R e s p o n s e

( m o d u l e t i m e a l o n e )

S u r g e k i l l e r

D C o u t p u t m o d u l e ( s i n k o u t p u t ) : J W 2 1 2 S A

1 6 p o i n t s

5 / 1 2 / 2 4 V D C

4 .

7 5 t o 2 7 V D C

0 .

5 A / p o i n t , 2 A / c o m m o n * 1

1 A ( 1 0 0 m s )

-

0 .

2 m A o r l e s s

1 .

2 V o r l e s s ( 0 .

3 A )

O F

O N

F t t o o

O N

O F F :

: 1

1 m s m s o r o r l e s s l e s s

( r e

( r e s i s t a n s i s t a n c e c e l o l o a d ) a d )

Z e n e r t r a n s i s d i o d t o r ) e ( b u li t i n b e t w e e n C a n d B o f

B u

/ c o li t i n m m

3 o n

.

1 5 A f u s e ( u n a b l e r e p l a c e m e n t )

L E D d i s p l a y

R a t e d c a e p l e a c i t y m e n t o f f u s e

B l o w n f u s e i n d i c a t i o n

I c o n n t e s u r n m p a l t i c u o n r r e

( 5 n t

V D C )

O p e r a t i o n i n d i c a t i o n

E x t e r n a l w i r e s y s c o t e m n n e c t i o n

I

D n

I i s e n u l s e c l a u t t r i l a o i c t i

C o m m

W n o a r n o n e i l e s s s s g h t i r e s t y s t n g a n t e y s t e m m t c h e

6 0 m A m a x .

L E

1 8

( M

D il g h t s a t O N c o n d i t i o n

P d

3 .

5 e x t a

7 c h a s c b r e l e w t e s , r m i n a l r e d ) b l o c k ,

1 0 0

( b e t

0 V w e

A e n

C f o o u t r p

1 u t c i r c u i t ) m i t e n u t e r m i n a l a n d s e c o n d a r y

5 0 0

( b e t c i r c

V w u i t

D e

) e

C , n

1 0 o u

M t p u t o t h e m r m i o r n a m l o r a n e d s e c o n d a r y

B y p h o t o c o u p l e r

1 c o m m o n il n e f o r 8 p o i n t s

A p p r o x .

2 0 0 g

Output indicator

（Ａ） +

Power

—

Load

L

L

COM

0

7

Photo- coupler

Fuse

C i r c u i t d i a g r a m

+

（Ｂ）

Power

—

Load

L

L

COM

0

7

F r o n t v i e w

JW-212SA

A

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FUSE

A

0

1

2

4

5

6

7

COM.A(—)

0

B

1

2

4

5

6

7

COM.B(—)

* 1: When load current exceeds 0.3 A, install a diode as surge absorber at load side.

The JW-212SA covers functions of its previous model (JW-212S). In addition to the inheriting functions, view angel of the LED display (top of the module) is improved to wide-angle display type.

- Added the blown fuse indicator (FUSE) on the LED display.

- Changed specifications of the integrated fuse.

I t e m



N

3 .

e w

A v a

1 5 m o d e l li a b l e

A

( J W 2 1 2 S A )

( F U S E ) * 2

P r e v i o u s

N o t

3 A m o d e l ( J W 2 1 2 S ) a v a i a l b l e

*2: The JW-212SA displays fuse blow (FUSE) using an LED. However, this is only indication and the

JW20H/30H control module cannot detect this fuse blow. In addition, the users cannot replace the installed fuses. Ask our sales agent for replacement of the fuses.

11-18

(5) JW-213SA

R

A l a l

R

L t o e a o w

M

O d t i

F

M

N e a d a n

F

.

d m b o d o .

l l l a e l o x o e e l o f v o l t

.

s a a a u d k l n o d o r g e c c a u t a g e a u u m e p v o d r r r r u t l t r c e a a n c u u g e e n n g e r r r t t e r e n t n t

D C o u t p u t m o d u l e ( s i n k o u t p u t ) : J W 2 1 3 S A

1 6 p o i n t s

1 0 0 t o 2 4 0 V A C ( 5 0 / 6 0 H z )

1 5

( 5 t

0 / o

6

2 5 0

0 H z ,

V A C w a v e f o r m d i s t o r t i o n : l e s s t h a 5 % ) * 3

1 .

0 A / p o i n t , 2 A / c o m m o n * 1

6 A ( 1 0 0 m s )

1 5 m A * 2

1

3

.

5 m m A

A o r o r l e l e s s s s

(

( 1 2

2 4 0

0

V

V

A

A

C ,

C ,

2

2

5 ˚

5 ˚

C )

C ) ,

O

(

R

N m v o l t e s o p o d u l a g e n e

S u r g e s e d r t i m e a l o n e ) k i l l e r o p 1 .

6 V o r l e s s ( 0 .

3 A )

O F F

O N t o t o

O N

O F F :

: 1

1 m s m s o p r u l l e s s s e h a l f p o w e r f r e q u e n c y o r l e s s

C a p a c i t i v e v a r i s t o r

R a t e d c a p a c i t y o f f u s e e l e m e n t B u li t i n 3 .

1 5 A f u s e ( u n a b l e r e p l a c e m e n t ) / c o m m o n

B l o w n f u s e i n d i c a t i o n

I n t e r n a l c u r r e n t

( 5 c o

V D C ) n s u m p t i o n

L E D d i s p l a y

2 6 0 m A m a x .

O p e r a t i o n i n d i c a t i o n

E x t e r n a l w i r e c o n n e c t s y s t e m i o n

L E D il g h t s a t O N c o n d i t i o n

1 8

( M

P d

3 .

5 e x t a c h

7 s a b l e c r e w t e s , r m r e i n a l d ) b l o c k ,

I

D n

I i s e n

C u l l e c a s u o t t r i l a m o i c t i m

W n a l r o n o e n i g e s s i s s h t y t y r e s t s s t t n a e e g n m m t c h e

1 5 0

( b e t

0 w

V A C e e n f o r 1 o u t p u t m i n u t e t e r m i n a l a n d s e c o n d a r y c i r c u i t )

5 0 0

( b e t

V D C , w e e n

1 0 M o u t p u t o h t e r m m o i n r a m o r e l a n d s e c o n d a r y c i r c u i t )

B y p h o t o c o u p l e r

1 c o m m o n il n e f o r 8 p o i n t s

A p p r o x .

2 1 0 g

Output indicator

C i r c u i t d i a g r a m

Load

L

0

L

7

Power

−

COM.A

Load

L

0

L

7

Power

−

COM.B

Fuse

Photo-coupler

F r o n t v i e w

JW-213SA

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FUSE

A

6

7

COM.A

0

1

2

B 4

5

6

7

COM.B

0

1

2

4

5

*1 When ambient temperature is more than 45°C, make sure that load current should be less than

0.7 A/point.

*2 When load current at hold is less than 15 mA, the module may not be able to be switched OFF in certain load situations. In these cases, connect a bleeder parallel to the load line to increase the load current to more than 15 mA level.

*3: When supply power voltage is less than 85 VAC, the module may not detect fuse blow.


- Added the blown fuse indicator (FUSE) on the LED display. - Changed specifications of the integrated fuse.- Changed rated maximum load current.

I

B l o w n

F t

M e m u a s e x i s m f u s e p e c u m l i f i o i n d i c a t i o n c a a d t i o n c u r s r e

( 1 n t

( L E D d i s p l a y ) c o m m o n )

N e w m o d e l ( J W 2 1 3 S A )

A v a li a b l e ( F U S E ) * 2

3 .

1 5 A

1 .

0 A / p o i n t , 2 A / c o m m o n

P

N

3 r o e

A

0 .

5 t v i o a v u a i s m a l b

A / p o i n t , o l e d e l ( J W

2 A / c o m

2 m o n

1 3 S )

*4: The JW-213SA displays fuse blow (FUSE) using an LED. However, this is only indication and the

JW20H/30H control module cannot detect this fuse blow. In addition, the users cannot replace the installed fuses. Ask our sales agent for replacement of the fuses.

11-19

(6) JW-214SA

Model name

No. of output

Relay output module : JW-214SA

16 points

Max. open-close voltage and current

250 VAC/30 VDC, 2A/points, 5A/common

Min. load 5 VDC, 10 mA

Mechanical 20,000,000 times or more

Operation life

Electrial

1. Max. open-close voltage and current load :


2. Inductive load (250 VAC, 0.5 A (COS φ = 0.4)) :


3. Inductive load (30 VDC, 0.5 A (T = 7 ms)) :


Response time

(module alone)

Surge killer


ON to OFF : 10 ms or less

———


———

Blown fuse indicator


(5 VDC)


———

550 mA max.






Common system

Weight







By relay


Approx. 240g

Output indicator

Circuit diagram

（Ａ）

Power

Load

L

L

（Ｂ）

Power

Load

L

L

0

7

COM.A

0

7

COM.B

Relay

Front view

JW-214SA

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

6

7

COM.B

1

2

4

5

A

5

6

7

COM.A

0

0

1

2

4


11-20

(7) JW-232S

Model name

No. of output




32 points

5/12/24 VDC

4.75 to 30 VDC


0.1 A/point, 1.6 A/common *


0.15 A (10 ms)

Min. load current

OFF leak current

———

0.2 mA or less

ON voltage drop 1.3 V or less (0.1 A)

Response time

(module alone)

Surge killer


ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (with resistance load)

Zener diode


Built-in 2 A fuse (unable replacement)/common


(5 VDC)


320 mA max.



40 P connector (soldering)

Applicable wire size: AWG23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm 2 )








Common system

Weight


Approx. 410g

Front view

JW-232S

A

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

C

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

D

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

COM.AB

(—)

0

2

A

4

6

B

C

D

4

6

0

2

4

6

6

0

2

0

2

4

COM.CD

(—)

5

7

1

3

5

7

3

5

7

1

3

1

3

5

7

1

Output indicator

Circuit diagram

A

B

+

Power

—

Load

L

L

L

L

C

Load

L

L

D

+

Power

—

L

L

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

COM.AB

(—)

0

∼

7

COM.CD(—)

Photo-coupler

・See page 4-7

for the pin No. and

signal name.

Accessories 40P connector (soldering) × 1

* When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C, use within 1 A per common terminal.

11-21

[3] I/O module JW-232M

Model name DC I/O module (sink output) : JW-232M

Rated input voltage 16 points *1

Rated input voltage 12/24 VDC



10.5 to

26.4 VDC



 ripple rate at 24 VDC : 15% or less ripple rate at 12 VDC : 5% or less

7 mA TYP. (24 VDC), 3.3 mA TYP. (12 VDC)





Input impedance 3.5k ohm TYP.

Surge current

Input ON level

———

10.5 V/3 mA or less

Input OFF level

Response time

(module alone)

No. of output

5 V/1.5 mA or more

OFF to ON : 0.5 ms or less

ON to OFF : 1.5 ms or less

16 points

Rated load voltage 5/12/24 VDC

Load voltage range 4.75 to 30 VDC

Rated max. load current 0.1 A/point, 1.6 A/common *2

Allowable surge current 0.15 A (10 ms)

Min. load current ———

OFF leak current 0.2 mA or less

ON voltage drop 1.3 V or less (0.1 A)

Response time

(module alone)

Surge killer


ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (with resistance load)

Zener diode


Built-in 2 A fuse (unable replacement)/common

Internal current consumption (5 VDC)

200 mA max.



40 P connector (soldering) Applicable wire size:

AWG23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm 2 )

Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between I/O terminal and secondary circuit)

Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between I/O terminal and secondary circuit)


Common system

Weight

By photo-coupler

1 common line for 16 points (no polarity for input)

Approx. 410g

Input indicator

Circuit diagram

A

B

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

COM.AB

C

Power

Load

L

L

0

∼

7

D

L 0

∼

7

+

Power

—

L

Fuse COM.CD

(—)

Photo-couple

Photo-couple

Output indicator

Front view

JW-232M

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

C

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

D

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

COM.AB

A

B

C

D

2

4

6

0

2

4

6

0

6

0

2

4

6

0

2

4

COM.CD

(—)

• See page 4-7 for pin

No. and signal name.

3

5

7

1

3

5

7

1

7

1

3

5

7

1

3

5


*1 When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C in 24 VDC, use that same time input ON no. of points should be less than 10 points per common.

*2 When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C, use within 1 A per common terminal.

11-22

[4] Special I/O module

(1) JW-264N

Model name

No. of input

DC output module : JW-264N

64 points (Allocation of the first half 64 points of the relay for special module.) *

Number of I/O occupied points

I/O relay : 16 points (dummy)

Relay for special module : 128 points

Rated input voltage 24 VDC

Input voltage range 20 to 26.4 VDC

Rated input current 4.1 mA (24 VDC)

Input impedance 5.9 k ohm

Surge current

Input ON level

———

18 V/3 mA or less

Input OFF level

Response time

(module alone)

8 V/1.5 mA or more


ON to OFF : 1 ms less


60 mA max. (At all points ON for input.)


Indicator lamps at ON condition (The simulataneous indication is 32 points max., first half 32 points and second half 32 points are changed over by the indicator changeover switch.)


Applicable wire size using connection connector

(accessories) : AWG23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm 2 )

Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit)

Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit)


Common system 1 common line for 32 points (no polarity)

Weight Approx. 220g

Input indicator

Circuit diagram

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

COM2.ABCD

Photo-couple

Power

COM1.ABCD

Indicator changeover switch

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

Photo-coupler

Power

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

Input indicator

Front view

JW-264N

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

C

D

2 1

UNIT

NO.

CN2 CN1


* When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C, use within 1 A per common terminal.

See page 4-8 for the pin No. of connector and signal name.

11-23

(2) JW-262S

Model name

No. of output


64 points (Allocation of the first half 64 points of the relay for special module.)

Number of I/O occupied points

I/O relay : 16 points (dummy)

Relay for special module: 128 points

Rated load voltage 5/12/24 VDC

Load voltage range 4.75 to 26.4 VDC

Rated max. load current 0.1 A/point, 2 A/common *

Allowable surge current 0.15 A (100 ms)

Min. load current ———

OFF leak current 0.2 mA or less

ON voltage drop 1.2 V or less (0.1A)

Response time

(module alone)


ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (with 0.1A resistance load)


300 mA max. (At all points ON for output.)

Surge killer


Zener diode

Built-in 2.5A fuse (unable replacement). Melt-down detection function is provided. (When melted down or external power source is turned OFF, the LED lights.)


Indicator lamps at ON condition (The simulataneous indication is 32 points max., first half 32 points and second half 32 points are changed over by the indication changeover switch.)

External energizer 5/12/24 V (200 mA max.) Use same source with load source


Applicable wire size using connection connector

(accessories) : AWG23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm 2 )

Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit)

Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit)


Common system 1 common line for 32 points (slot common)

Weight Approx. 220g

Circuit diagram

A

Load

L

L

0

∼

7

B

L

L

0

∼

7

C

L

L

0

∼

7

D

L

L

Power

Supply

(+)

0

∼

7

+

—

COM1.ABCD(—)

2.5A

Photo- couple

A

Load

L

L

0

∼

7

B

C

L

L

L

0

∼

7

0

∼

7

L

D

L

L

Power

Supply

(+)

0

∼

7

+

—

COM2.ABCD(—)

2.5A

Fuse disconnection checking circuit

Photo- coupler

Fuse???

Output indicator

Output indicator

Fuse

Front view

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

C

D

FUSE

2

JW-262S

CN2


* When the load power source is 5/12 VDC, the load current per point decreases.

1

CN1

UNIT

NO.

11-24

Rated power

The load current per point

5 VDC

30 mA max.

12 VDC

60mA max.

See page 4-8 for the pin No. of connector and signal name.

24 VDC

100 mA max.

11-25

11-5 Specifications of power supply module

[1] JW-21PU/22PU/31PU

I

I

P

S

L n n

O

P

H o e r s p u u a a k o l w r t t u t t a g p t e ll e a u

O u t p u

R a t e

O u d t p u v e c o r e d o c g e t t t u t i c

I v c u r h l o o n t p t t e p a m o g n s c o l u r e t u s i t a e i u n r r o u t p u t o l d c s t m t i o e n g e u r r e n t i r c t p n t c u r r e n t m u e i t t i o n


3 0 W

J

(

W

6 0

2

V

1 P

A )

U o r l e s s

4 0 A

3 o

J

0 r

W

W l

e s

2 o s

2 r

(

P l e

U s

3 2 s

V A C )

( U L / C

J W 3 1

S A a p

P U p r o v e d )

S l o t f o r t h e P o w e r s u p p l y m o d u l e o f b a s i c / e x p a n s i o n r a c k p a n e l

8 5 t o

( 4 7 t

2 6 o

4

6 3

V A C

H z )

* 2 0 .

4 t o 3 2 V D C

8 5 t o 1 3 2

6

V A

3 H z )

C ( 4 7 t o

3 0 W ( 6 0 o u t p u t

V c u

A ) r r e o r n t l e s s

3 .

5

( A t

A )

2 0 A o r l e s s 4 0 A o r l e s s ( 2 0 0 V A C )

(

3 .

5

(

1 m a a t t

A

1 0 m

2

A

0 o r

0 l e s s

V A C )

0 o r

V l e

A s s

C )

— — —

(

1 a m t

A

1 0 o r

0 l e s s

V A C )

5 V D C

3 .

5 A

0 t o 3 .

5 A

1 0 m s o r m o r e

O v e r c p r o t e u r r e n t c t i o n

O v e r v p r o t o l e c t t a g i o n e

D

S h r o u o t p o f i f n t g y a p u t e o m m a a t i n u c a l r r e s e s e e t t s s y y s s t e t e m m

L

L o o

F a a u d d n v c c t u i o l r o r n t a e g e n t

L e a k a g e c u r r e n t

R e s t o l a p y s .

o u t p u t b e c o m i n g O F F w h e n t h e c o n t r o l m o d u l e

1 0 0 / 2 0 0 V

3 0

A C

V D

( 5

C

0 / 6 0 H z )

1 A m a x .

1 0 0 V A C

3 0

( 5 0

V D C

/ 6 0 H z )

1 m A ( 2 0 0 V A C ) 1 m A o r l e s s ( 1 0 0 V A C )

I n s r e s i u r a t i o n s t a n c e

D i e l e c t r i c a l s t r e n g t h

I n d i c a t i o n

E x c o t e r n n n e a c t i l w i r e o n s y s t e m t

O p e e r m p a t e i o r a n t u a m b i r e e n t


O h p u e r a t m i d i i o n t y a m b i e n t

O p a t m e r a t o s p i o n h e r e

1 5 0 0 V A C f o r 1 m i n u t e

3 5 t o 9

5

0

0 0

F

1 r

V

0 0

6

D C

% R H e e

0

P

– f r

V t

0 o

1

A e r m

0 M

C m i t o

2 0 t o c f n

5 o

5 °

( w i t h o u t o r a l h m

1 b

C o r r o s l o e r m i n o c

7 0 ° C d e w i v k m g a o u t e s r e

1 5 0 0

P O W E R L E D ( g r e e n ) , R U N L E D ( g r e e n )

V A C f o r 1 c o n d e n s a t i o n ) m i n u t e

V i b r a t i o n r e s i s t a n c e

S h o

N o i

W e i c k s e g h t r e s i s t a n c e i m m u n i t y

-

J I S

M u

C l t

0 i p l

9 e

1 1 v i

N u m b e r o f o r b r a t s w e e q u i o n e p : i v a l e n t w

( 1 i d o t h : c t a

0 .

1 v e

5

/ m i m m n u t e

( 1 0

) , t t o h r e

5 7 e d i

H r z e

) , c t i

9 o

.

8 n s m / s 2

( X ,

( 5 7

Y , a n t o d

1 5 0

Z )

H z ) ,

J I S C 0 9 1 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t 1 4 7 m / s 2 ( 3 t i m e s i n e a c h X , Y a n d Z d i r e c t i o n s )

1 0 0 0 V p p 1 µ s ( b y n o i s e s i m u l a t o r b e t w e e n t h e p o w e r il n e a n d r a c k p a n e l )

A p p r o x .

3 3 0 g A p p r o x .

3 0 0 g A p p r o x .

3 3 0 g

* As for DC input power source, use power source of 20.4 to 32 VDC (ripple rate 20% or less; however, ripple upper limit: 32 V or less, lower limit : 20.4 V or more).

11-26

[2] JW-33PU (UL/CSA/CE applied model)

I t e m s

I n s t a ll e d p o s i t i o n

I n p u t v o l t a g e

P o w e r c o n s u m p t i o n

S u r g e c u r r e n t


O u t p u t v o l t a g e

O u t p u t c u r r e n t

R a t e d o u t p u t c u r r e n t

O u t p u t h o l d t i m e

P c i r o t r c u e c i t t i o n

O v e r c u r r e n t

O v e r v o l t a g e

F u n c t i o n

L o a d v o l t a g e

H a l t o u t p u t

L o a d c u r r e n t


I n s u l a t i o n r e s i s t a n c e

D i e l e c t i c a l s t r e n g t h

D i s p l a y

E x t e r n a l w i r e c o n n e c t i o n

O p e r a t i o n t e m p e r a t u r e


O p e r a t i o n a m b i e n t h u m i d i t y

O p e r a t i o n a t m o s p h e r e

V

S

N

W i h o b e i o r s a c i g e t k h i i t o r n e m s r m e i s u t s i s a n n i t t y a n c e c e


S l o t f o r t h e p o w e r s u p p l y m o d u l e o f b a s i c / e x p a n s i o n r a c k p a n e l

8 5 t o 2 6 4 V A C ( 4 7 t o 6 3 H z )

7 0 V A o r l e s s

4 0 A o r l e s s ( 2 0 0 V A C )

1 m A o r l e s s ( a t 1 0 0 V A C ) , 3 .

5 m A o r l e s s ( a t 2 0 0 V A C )

5 V D C

4 .

5 A

0 t o 4 .

5 A

1 0 m s o r m o r e

D r o p p i n g a u t i o m a t i c r e s e t s y s t e m

S h u t O F F t y p e m a n u a l r e s e t s y s t e m

R e l a y o u t p u t b e c o m i n g O F F w h e n t h e c o n t r o l m o d u l e s t o p s .

1 0 0 / 2 0 0 V A C ( 5 0 / 6 0 H z ) , 3 0 V D C

1 A m a x .

1 m A ( 2 0 0 V A C )

5 0 0 V D C , 1 0 M o h m s o r m o r e

1 5 0 0 V A C f o r 1 m i n u t e

P O W E R L E D ( g r e e n ) , R U N L E D ( g r e e n )

6 P t e r m i n a l b l o c k

0 t o 5 5 d e g r e e s

2 0 t o 7 0 d e g r e e s

3 5 t o 9 0 % R H ( w i t h o u t c o n d e n s a t i o n )

F r e e f r o m c o r r o s i v e g a s

-

J I S

M u

1 5

C

0 l t i

0 p l

9

H z e

)

1 1

, v i b o

N u r r a t e i m b q o u n e r i v a l e n t w i d o f s t h : w e

0 .

1 e p :

5 m

( 1 m o

( c t a

1 0 v e / t o m

5 i n

7 H u t e z

) ,

) , t h

9 .

8 r e e m / s d i

2 ( r e c t

5 7 i o n t o s

( X , Y , a n d Z )

J I d i

S r e

C c t i

0 o

9 1 2 n s ) o r e q u i v a l e n t , 1 4 7 m / s 2 ( 3 t i m e s i n e a c h X , Y a n d Z r

1 a

0 0 c k

0 V p a p n

p e l )

1 µ s ( b y n o i s e s i m u l a t o r b e t w e e n t h e p o w e r il n e a n d

A p p r o x .

4 1 0 g

11-27

11-6 Specifications of I/O bus expansion adapter

Items

Rack panel

Cable total length

Number of rack panel connected

Weight

Accessories

Specifications

JW-31EA

JW-34KB/36KB/38KB

JW-32EA

JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB

Total length from JW-31EA is 50m


Approx. 300g

Termination connector : 1

Approx. 300g

11-7 Specifications of rack panel

Items

Power supply module

No. of

Control module slot

I/O module

Installation of JW-31EA

Weight

JW-24KB

1

1

4

Unavailable

Approx. 720g

Specifications

JW-26KB

1

1

6

Unavailable

Approx. 870g

JW-28KB

1

1

8

Unavailable

Approx. 1000g

Items

No. of

Power supply module

Control module slot

I/O module


Weight

JW-34KB

1

1

4

Available

Approx. 830g

Specifications

JW-36KB

1

1

6

Available

Approx. 1020g

JW-38KB

1

1

8

Available

Approx. 1220g

11-8 Specifications of expansion rack panel

Items

No. of Power supply module slot

I/O module


Weight

Accessories

JW-34ZB

1

4

Available

Approx. 630g

Specifications

JW-36ZB JW-38ZB

1

6

Available

Approx. 830g

Side board for I/O module : 1

1

8

Available

Approx. 1020g

11-28

11-9 Outline dimension drawings (unit:mm)

[1] Control module

JW-31CUH1

70.5

JW-32CUH1

JW-33CUH1/2/3

70.5

109.4

[2] Power supply module

(1) JW-21PU/22PU/31PU

109.4

35

POWER

RUN

(2) JW-33PU

55

JW-33PU

POWER

RUN

増設ベースユニット

EXPANSION

RACK PANEL

RACK NO.

L

POWER

INPUT

100 ∼240VAC

N

GND

HALT

OUTPUT

100 ∼240VAC

(24VAC)

1A

109.4

[3] I/O module (As for special/option module, see respective Instruction manual)

(1) 8/16 points module (2) 32/64 points module

32 points 64 points

A

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

B

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

C

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

D

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

B

C

D

FUSE

2 1

CN

UNIT

NO.

CN2 CN1

35 109.4

109.4

11-29

35 35

[4] I/O bus expansion adapter

(1) JW-31EA (2) JW-32EA

26.5

99.8

26.5

[5] Basic/expansion rack panel

(1) Basic rack panel

JW-28KB, JW-38KB JW-26KB, JW-36KB

99.8

421

437

(2) Expansion rack panel

JW-38ZB JW-36ZB

352

368

JW-34ZB

352

368

281

297

210

226

JW-24KB, JW-34KB

7.6

281

297

7.6

10.2

10.2

11-30

[6] Installation drawings on basic/expansion rack panel

• Installation drawing on basic rack panel

JW-28KB ／38KB JW-26KB ／36KB JW-24KB ／34KB

421

437

352

368

• Installation drawing on expansion rack panel

JW-38ZB JW-36ZB JW-34ZB

281

297

110

（D）

352

368

281

297

210

226

110

（D）

Note: When module cover JW-20CV (ordered separately) is installed on the I/O module etc.,

D (dimension) will increase 2.5 mm.

• Dimension drawings in case of fitting connector in the 32/64 points module.

(Unit : mm)

Connector

Rack panel

30

37

147

110

(Include the rack panel)

• Dimension drawings in case of fitting I/O expansion cable and termination connector in the

I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-32EA).

I/O expansion cable I/O expansion cable

Terminal connector

18

Expansion rack panel 50 110

(Include the rack panel)

11-31

11-10 Accessories

C o n t r o l m o d u l e

E x p a n s i o n p a n e l r a c k


J W 3 1 C U H 1

J W 3 2 C U H 1

J W 3 3 C U H 1

J W 3 2 C U H 2

J W 3 2 C U H 3

J W 3 4 Z B

J W 3 6 Z B

J W 3 8 Z B

J W 2 0 3 E C

J W 2 0 7 E C

I / O e x p a n c a b l e s i o n

J W 2 2 E C

A c c e s s o r i e s

I n s t r u c t i o n m a n u a l

S i d e p l a t e f o r I / O m o d u l e

5 V D C c a b l e ( 3 0 c m )

5 V D C c a b l e ( 7 0 c m )

5 V D

S h o r t

C c c a b l e o n n e c

( 2 t o r m )

I / O m o d u l e

J W 2 5 E C

J W 2 1 0 E C

J W 0 5 E C

J W 1 E C

J W 2 3 4 N

J W 2 3 2 S

J W 2 3 2 M

J W 2 6 4 N

J W 2 6 2 S

J W 2 0 2 S

J W 2 0 3 S

S h o r t c o n n e c t o r

5 V D C c a b l e ( 5 0 c m )

5 V D C c a b l e ( 1 m )

4 0 P c o n n e c t o r

4 0 P c o n n e c t o r

1 2 5 V A C 4 A f u s e e l e m e n t

I / O b u s e x p a n s i o n a d a p t e r

J W 3 1 E A T e r m i n a t i o n c o n n e c t o r

A m o u n t

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

11-32

Appendix

Allocation of the relay No. for the 64 points I/O module.

［Rack 0］

Pin

No.

3A

3B

4A

4B

※

S/G 0

Setting value of module No. switch

1

A-0

A-1

30000 30200

30001 30201

A-2

A-3

30002

30003

30202

30203

2

30400

30401

30402

30403

3

30600

30601

30602

30603

4

31000

31001

31002

31003

5

31200

31201

31202

31203

6

31400

31401

31402

31403

7

31600

31601

31602

31603

5A

5B

6A

6B

A-4

A-5

A-6

A-7

30004

30005

30006

30007

30204

30205

30206

30207

30404

30405

30406

30407

30604

30605

30606

30607

31004

31005

31006

31007

31204

31205

31206

31207

31404

31405

31406

31407

31604

31605

31606

31607

7A

7B

8A

8B

9A

9B

10A

B-0

B-1

30010 30210

30011 30211

B-2

B-3

B-4

B-5

B-6

30012

30013

30212

30213

30014 30214

30015 30215

30016 30216

10B B-7

11A C-0

30017 30217

30020 30220

30410

30411

30412

30413

30414

30610

30611

30612

30613

30614

31010

31011

31012

31013

31014

31210

31211

31212

31213

31214

31410

31411

31412

31413

31414

31610

31611

31612

31613

31614

30415

30416

30615

30616

31015

31016

31215

31216

31415

31416

31615

31616

30417

30420

30617

30620

31017

31020

31217

31220

31417

31420

31617

31620

11B

12A

12B

13A

C-1

C-2

C-3

C-4

30021

30022

30023

30024

30221

30222

30223

30224

13B C-5

14A C-6

30025 30225

30026 30226

14B C-7

15A D-0

30027 30227

30030 30230

30421

30422

30621

30622

31021

31022

31221

31222

31421

31422

31621

31622

30423

30424

30623

30624

31023

31024

31223

31224

31423

31424

31623

31624

30425

30426

30427

30430

30625

30626

30627

30630

31025

31026

31027

31030

31225

31226

31227

31230

31425

31426

31427

31430

31625

31626

31627

31630

15B D-1

16A D-2

30031 30231

30032 30232

16B D-3

17A D-4

30033 30233

30034 30234

30431

30432

30631

30632

31031

31032

31231

31232

31431

31432

31631

31632

30433

30434

30633

30634

31033

31034

31233

31234

31433

31434

31633

31634

17B D-5

18A D-6

30035 30235

30036 30236

30435

30436

30635

30636

31035

31036

31235

31236

31435

31436

31635

31636

18B

3A

D-7

A-0

30037 30237

30040 30240

3B

4A

4B

5A

5B

6A

6B

7A

7B

8A

8B

9A

10B

11A

11B C-1

12A C-2

30061 30261

30062 30262

12B

13A

14B

15A

A-1

A-2

30041 30241

30042 30242

A-3

A-4

A-5

A-6

A-7

B-0

B-1

B-2

B-3

B-4

B-7

C-0

C-3

C-4

C-7

D-0

30043

30044

30045

30046

30047

30050

30051

30052

30053

30054

30057

30060

30063

30064

30067

30070

30243

30244

30245

30246

30247

30250

30251

30252

30253

30254

9B

10A

B-5

B-6

30055 30255

30056 30256

30257

30260

30263

30264

13B C-5

14A C-6

30065 30265

30066 30266

30267

30270

15B D-1

16A D-2

30071 30271

30072 30272

16B D-3 30073 30273

30437

30440

30441

30442

30637

30640

30641

30642

31037

31040

31041

31042

31237

31240

31241

31242

31437

31440

31441

31442

31637

31640

31641

31642

30443

30444

30643

30644

31043

31044

31243

31244

31443

31444

31643

31644

30445

30446

30645

30646

31045

31046

31245

31246

31445

31446

31645

31646

30447

30450

30647

30650

31047

31050

31247

31250

31447

31450

31647

31650

30451

30452

30651

30652

31051

31052

31251

31252

31451

31452

31651

31652

30453

30454

30653

30654

31053

31054

31253

31254

31453

31454

31653

31654

30455

30456

30655

30656

31055

31056

31255

31256

31455

31456

31655

31656

30457

30460

30657

30660

31057

31060

31257

31260

31457

31460

31657

31660

30461

30462

30661

30662

31061

31062

31261

31262

31461

31462

31661

31662

30463

30464

30663

30664

31063

31064

31263

31264

31463

31464

31663

31664

30465

30466

30665

30666

31065

31066

31265

31266

31465

31466

31665

31666

30467

30470

30667

30670

31067

31070

31267

31270

31467

31470

31667

31670

30471

30472

30671

30672

31071

31072

31271

31272

31471

31472

31671

31672

30473 30673 31073 31273 31473 31673

17A D-4

17B D-5

30074 30274

30075 30275

18A D-6

18B D-7

30076 30276

30077 30277

30474

30475

30674

30675

31074

31075

31274

31275

31474

31475

31674

31675

30476

30477

30676

30677

31076

31077

31276

31277

31476

31477

31676

31677

［Rack 1］

Pin

No.

3A

3B

4A

4B

5A

5B

6A

6B

7A

7B

8A

8B

※

S/G

A-0

A-1

A-2

A-3

A-4

A-5

A-6

A-7

B-0

B-1

B-2

B-3

0

32000

32001

32004

32005

32010

32011


1

32200

32201

32002 32202

32003 32203

32204

32205

32006 32206

32007 32207

32210

32211

32012 32212

32013 32213

32014 32214 9A

9B

B-4

B-5

10A B-6

32015 32215

32016 32216

2

32400

32401

32402

32403

32404

32405

32406

32407

32410

32411

32412

32413

32414

32415

32416

3

32600

32601

32602

32603

32604

32605

32606

32607

32610

32611

32612

32613

32614

32615

32616

4

33000

33001

33002

33003

33004

33005

33006

33007

33010

33011

33012

33013

33014

33015

33016

5

33200

33201

33202

33203

33204

33205

33206

33207

33210

33211

33212

33213

33214

33215

33216

6

33400

33401

33402

33403

33404

33405

33406

33407

33410

33411

33412

33413

33414

33415

33416

7

33600

33601

33602

33603

33604

33605

33606

33607

33610

33611

33612

33613

33614

33615

33616

10B

11A

11B

12A

B-7

C-0

C-1

C-2

32017

32020

32021

32022

32217

32220

32221

32222

32417

32420

32421

32422

32617

32620

32621

32622

33017

33020

33021

33022

33217

33220

33221

33222

33417

33420

33617

33620

33421

33422

33621

33622

12B

13A

13B

14A

14B

15A

15B

16A

C-3

C-4

C-5

C-6

C-7

D-0

D-1

D-2

32023

32024

32025

32026

32027

32030

32031

32032

32223

32224

32225

32226

32227

32230

32231

32232

32423

32424

32425

32426

32427

32430

32431

32432

32623

32624

32625

32626

32627

32630

32631

32632

33023

33024

33025

33026

33027

33030

33031

33032

33223

33224

33225

33226

33227

33230

33231

33232

33423

33424

33623

33624

33425

33426

33625

33626

33427

33430

33627

33630

33431

33432

33631

33632

16B D-3

17A D-4

32033 32233

32034 32234

17B D-5

18A D-6

32035 32235

32036 32236

32433

32434

32633

32634

33033 33233

33034 33234

32435

32436

32635

32636

33035 33235

33036 33236

33433

33434

33633

33634

33435

33436

33635

33636

18B

3A

3B

4A

4B

5A

5B

6A

6B

7A

7B

8A

8B

9A

9B

10A

10B

11A

11B

12A

12B

13A

13B

14A

D-7

A-0

A-1

A-2

A-3

A-4

A-5

A-6

A-7

B-0

B-1

B-2

B-3

B-4

B-5

B-6

B-7

C-0

C-1

C-2

C-3

C-4

C-5

C-6

32037

32040

32041

32042

32043

32044

32045

32046

32047

32050

32051

32052

32053

32054

32055

32056

32057

32060

32061

32062

32063

32064

32065

32066

32237

32240

32241

32242

32243

32244

32245

32246

32247

32250

32251

32252

32253

32254

32255

32256

32257

32260

32261

32262

32263

32264

32265

32266

14B C-7

15A D-0

32067 32267

32070 32270

32437

32440

32441

32442

32443

32444

32445

32446

32447

32450

32451

32452

32453

32454

32637

32640

32641

32642

32643

32644

32645

32646

32647

32650

32651

32652

32653

32654

33037

33040

33041

33042

33043

33044

33045

33046

33047

33050

33051

33052

33053

33054

33237

33240

33241

33242

33243

33244

33245

33246

33247

33250

33251

33252

33253

33254

32455

32456

32655

32656

33055 33255

33056 33256

32457

32460

32463

32464

32657

32660

32663

32664

33057

33060

33063

33064

33257

33260

32461

32462

32661

32662

33061 33261

33062 33262

33263

33264

32465

32466

32665

32666

33065 33265

33066 33266

32467

32470

32667

32670

33067 33267

33070 33270

33437

33440

33637

33640

33441

33442

33641

33642

33443

33444

33643

33644

33445

33446

33645

33646

33447

33450

33647

33650

33451

33452

33651

33652

33453

33454

33653

33654

33455

33456

33655

33656

33457

33460

33657

33660

33461

33462

33661

33662

33463

33464

33663

33664

33465

33466

33665

33666

33467

33470

33667

33670

15B D-1

16A D-2

32071 32271

32072 32272

16B D-3 32073 32273

32471

32472

32671

32672

33071 33271

33072 33272

32473 32673 33073 33273

33471

33472

33671

33672

33473 33673

17A D-4

17B D-5

32074 32274

32075 32275

18A D-6

18B D-7

32076 32276

32077 32277

32474

32475

32674

32675

33074 33274

33075 33275

32476

32477

32676

32677

33076 33276

33077 33277

33474

33475

33674

33675

33476

33477

33676

33677

※ Signal name

A-1

［Rack 2］

Pin

No.

3A

3B

4A

4B

5A

5B

6A

6B

7A

7B

8A

8B

9A

※

S/G 0

A-0 34000


1 2

34200 34400

3

34600

4

35000

5

35200

6 7

35400 35600

A-1

A-2

34001

34002

34201

34202

34401

34402

34601

34602

35001

35002

35201

35202

35401

35402

35601

35602

A-3

A-4

34003

34004

34203

34204

34403

34404

A-5

A-6

34005

34006

34205

34206

34405

34406

34603

34604

34605

34606

35003

35004

35005

35006

35203

35204

35205

35206

35403

35404

35405

35406

35603

35604

35605

35606

A-7

B-0

B-1

B-2

34007

34010

34011

34012

34207

34210

34211

34212

34407

34410

34411

34412

34607

34610

34611

34612

35007

35010

35011

35012

35207

35210

35211

35212

35407

35410

35411

35412

35607

35610

35611

35612

9B

10A

10B

11A

B-3

B-4

34013

34014

34213

34214

34413

34414

34613

34614

35013 35213

35014 35214

35413

35414

35613

35614

B-5

B-6

B-7

C-0

34015

34016

34017

34020

34215

34216

34217

34220

34415

34416

34417

34420

34615

34616

35015 35215

35016 35216

35415

35416

35615

35616

34617

34620

35017 35217

35020 35220

35417

35420

35617

35620

11B

12A

C-1 34021

C-2 34022

34221

34222

34421

34422

12B

13A

C-3 34023

C-4 34024

34223

34224

34423

34424

13B

14A

C-5 34025

C-6 34026

34225

34226

34425

34426

14B

15A

C-7 34027

D-0 34030

34227

34230

34427

34430

34621

34622

34623

34624

34625

34626

34627

34630

35021

35022

35023

35024

35025

35026

35027

35030

35221

35222

35223

35224

35225

35226

35227

35230

35421

35422

35423

35424

35425

35426

35427

35430

35621

35622

35623

35624

35625

35626

35627

35630

15B

16A

D-1 34031

D-2 34032

34231

34232

34431

34432

16B

17A

D-3 34033

D-4 34034

34233

34234

34433

34434

34631

34632

35031 35231

35032 35232

35431

35432

35631

35632

34633

34634

35033 35233

35034 35234

35433

35434

35633

35634

17B

18A

D-5 34035

D-6 34036

34235

34236

34435

34436

34635

34636

35035 35235

35036 35236

35435

35436

35635

35636

18B

3A

D-7 34037

A-0 34040

3B

4A

4B

5A

A-1

A-2

A-3

A-4

34041

34042

34043

34044

34237

34240

34437

34440

34241

34242

34243

34244

34441

34442

34443

34444

34637

34640

35037 35237

35040 35240

35437

35440

35637

35640

34641

34642

35041 35241

35042 35242

35441

35442

35641

35642

34643

34644

35043

35044

35243

35244

35443

35444

35643

35644

34645

34646

35045 35245

35046 35246

35445

35446

35645

35646

5B

6A

6B

7A

7B

8A

8B

9A

9B

A-5

A-6

A-7

B-0

B-1

B-2

34045

34046

34047

34050

34051

34052

34245

34246

34247

34250

34251

34252

34445

34446

34447

34450

34451

34452

B-3

B-4

B-5

34053

34054

34055

34253

34254

34255

34453

34454

34455

10A

10B

B-6

B-7

34056

34057

34256

34257

34456

34457

34647

34650

34651

34652

34653

34654

34655

34656

34657

35047

35050

35053

35054

35055

35056

35057

35247

35250

35051 35251

35052 35252

35253

35254

35255

35256

35257

35447

35450

35451

35452

35453

35454

35455

35456

35457

35647

35650

35651

35652

35653

35654

35655

35656

35657

11A

11B

C-0 34060

C-1 34061

34260

34261

34460

34461

12A

12B

C-2 34062

C-3 34063

34262

34263

34462

34463

13A

13B

C-4 34064

C-5 34065

34264

34265

34464

34465

14A

14B

C-6 34066

C-7 34067

34266

34267

34466

34467

15A

15B

D-0 34070

D-1 34071

34270

34271

34470

34471

16A

16B

D-2 34072

D-3 34073

34272

34273

34472

34473

17A

17B

D-4 34074

D-5 34075

34274

34275

34474

34475

18A

18B

D-6 34076

D-7 34077

34276

34277

34476

34477

34660

34661

34662

34663

34664

34665

34666

34667

34670

34671

34672

34673

34674

34675

34676

34677

35060

35061

35062

35063

35064

35065

35066

35067

35070

35071

35072

35073

35074

35075

35076

35077

35260

35261

35262

35263

35264

35265

35266

35267

35270

35271

35272

35273

35274

35275

35276

35277

35460

35461

35462

35463

35464

35465

35466

35467

35470

35471

35472

35473

35474

35475

35476

35477

35660

35661

35662

35663

35664

35665

35666

35667

35670

35671

35672

35673

35674

35675

35676

35677

［Rack 3］

Pin

No.

3A

※

S/G 0

A-0 36000


1 2

36200 36400

3

36600

4

37000

5

37200

6

37400

7

37600

3B

4A

4B

5A

5B

6A

6B

7A

A-1

A-2

A-3

A-4

A-5

A-6

A-7

B-0

36001

36002

36003

36004

36005

36006

36007

36010

36201

36202

36203

36204

36205

36206

36207

36210

36401

36402

36403

36404

36405

36406

36407

36410

36601

36602

36603

36604

36605

36606

36607

36610

37001

37002

37003

37004

37005

37006

37007

37010

37201

37202

37203

37204

37205

37206

37207

37210

37401

37402

37403

37404

37405

37406

37407

37410

37601

37602

37603

37604

37605

37606

37607

37610

7B

8A

8B

9A

9B

10A

B-5

B-6

36015

36016

36215

36216

36415

36416

10B

11A

B-7 36017

C-0 36020

36217

36220

36417

36420

11B

12A

12B

13A

13B

14A

C-5 36025

C-6 30026

36225

36226

36425

36426

14B

15A

C-7 36027

D-0 36030

36227

36230

36427

36430

15B

16A

16B

17A

B-1

B-2

B-3

B-4

C-1

C-2

C-3

C-4

D-1

D-2

D-3

D-4

36011

36012

36013

36014

36021

36022

36023

36024

36031

36032

36033

36034

36211

36212

36213

36214

36221

36222

36223

36224

36231

36232

36233

36234

36411

36412

36413

36414

36421

36422

36423

36424

36431

36432

36433

36434

36611 37011

36612 37012

37211

37212

37411

37412

37611

37612

36613 37013

36614 37014

37213

37214

37413

37414

37613

37614

36615

36616

36617

36620

36621 37021

36622 37022

37221

37222

37421

37422

37621

37622

36623 37023

36624 37024

37223

37224

37423

37424

37623

37624

36625

36626

36627

36630

37015

37016

37017

37020

37025

37026

37027

37030

37215

37216

37217

37220

37225

37226

37227

37230

37415

37416

37417

37420

37425

37426

37427

37430

37615

37616

37617

37620

37625

37626

37627

37630

36631 37031

36632 37032

37231

37232

37431

37432

37631

37632

36633 37033

36634 37034

37233

37234

37433

37434

37633

37634

17B

18A

18B

3A

D-5

D-6

D-7

A-0

36035

36036

36037

36040

36235

36236

36237

36240

36435

36436

36437

36440

3B

4A

4B

5A

5B

6A

6B

7A

A-1

A-2

A-3

A-4

36041

36042

36043

36044

36241

36242

36243

36244

36441

36442

36443

36444

7B

8A

8B

9A

9B

A-5

A-6

36045

36046

36245

36246

36445

36446

A-7

B-0

36047

36050

36247

36250

36447

36450

B-1

B-2

36051

36052

36251

36252

36451

36452

B-3

B-4

B-5

36053

36054

36055

36253

36254

36255

36453

36454

36455

10A

10B

B-6

B-7

36056

36057

36256

36257

36456

36457

36635 37035

36636 37036

37235

37236

37435

37436

37635

37636

36637 37037

36640 37040

37237

37240

37437

37440

37637

37640

36641

36642

36643

36644

36645

36646

36647

36650

36651

36652

36653

37041

37042

37043

37044

37045

37046

37047

37050

37051

37052

37053

37241

37242

37243

37244

37245

37246

37247

37250

37251

37252

37253

37441

37442

37443

37444

37445

37446

37447

37450

37451

37452

37453

37641

37642

37643

37644

37645

37646

37647

37650

37651

37652

37653

11A

11B

C-0 36060

C-1 36061

36260

36261

36460

36461

12A

12B

C-2 36062

C-3 36063

36262

36263

36462

36463

13A

13B

14A

14B

C-4

C-5

C-6

C-7

36064

36065

36066

36067

36264

36265

36266

36267

36464

36465

36466

36467

15A

15B

D-0 36070

D-1 36071

36270

36271

36470

36471

16A

16B

D-2 36072

D-3 36073

36272

36273

36472

36473

17A

17B

D-4 36074

D-5 36075

36274

36275

36474

36475

18A

18B

D-6 36076

D-7 36077

36276

36277

36476

36477

36654 37054

36655 37055

37254

37255

37454

37455

37654

37655

36656 37056

36657 37057

37256

37257

37456

37457

37656

37657

36660

36661

36662

36663

37060

37061

37062

37063

37260

37261

37262

37263

37460

37461

37462

37463

37660

37661

37662

37663

36664 37064

36665 37065

37264

37265

37464

37465

37664

37665

36666 37066

36667 37067

37266

37267

37466

37467

37666

37667

36670

36671

36672

36673

37070

37071

37072

37073

37270

37271

37272

37273

37470

37471

37472

37473

37670

37671

37672

37673

36674 37074

36675 37075

37274

37275

37474

37475

37674

37675

36676 37076

36677 37077

37276

37277

37476

37477

37676

37677

※ Signal name

A-2

［Remote I/O］

3B

4A

4B

5A

5B

6A

6B

7A

Pin

No.

3A

7B

8A

8B

9A

※

S/G

A-0

A-1

A-2

A-3

A-4

A-5

A-6

A-7

B-0


0 1

40000 40200

2

40400

3

40600

4

41000

5

41200

6 7

41400 41600

40001

40002

40003

40004

40201

40202

40203

40204

B-1

B-2

B-3

B-4

40005 40205

40006 40206

40007 40207

40010 40210

40011 40211

40012 40212

40013 40213

40014 40214

40401

40402

40403

40404

40405

40406

40407

40410

40411

40412

40413

40414

40601

40602

40603

40604

40605

40606

40607

40610

40611

40612

40613

40614

41001

41002

41003

41004

41005

41006

41007

41010

41011

41012

41013

41014

41201

41202

41203

41204

41205

41206

41207

41210

41211

41212

41213

41214

41401

41402

41403

41404

41405

41406

41407

41410

41411

41412

41413

41414

41601

41602

41603

41604

41605

41606

41607

41610

41611

41612

41613

41614

3B

4A

4B

5A

5B

6A

6B

7A

9B

10A

B-5

B-6

40015

40016

40215

40216

10B B-7

11A C-0

40017 40217

40020 40220

11B

12A

13B

14A

14B C-7

15A D-0

40027 40227

40030 40230

15B

16A

17B

18A

C-1

C-2

C-5

C-6

D-1

D-2

D-5

D-6

40021

40022

40025

40026

40031

40032

40035

40036

40221

40222

12B C-3

13A C-4

40023 40223

40024 40224

40225

40226

40231

40232

16B D-3

17A D-4

40033 40233

40034 40234

40235

40236

18B D-7

3A A-0

40037 40237

40040 40240

40415

40416

40615

40616

41015 41215

41016 41216

40417

40420

40617

40620

41017

41020

41217

41220

40421

40422

40621

40622

41021 41221

41022 41222

40423

40424

40623

40624

41023

41024

41223

41224

40425

40426

40625

40626

41025 41225

41026 41226

40427

40430

40627

40630

41027

41030

41227

41230

40431

40432

40631

40632

41031 41231

41032 41232

40433

40434

40633

40634

41033

41034

41233

41234

40435

40436

40635

40636

41035 41235

41036 41236

40437

40440

40637

40640

41037 41237

41040 41240

A-1

A-2

A-3

A-4

A-5

A-6

A-7

B-0

40041

40042

40043

40044

40045

40046

40047

40050

40241

40242

40243

40244

40245

40246

40247

40250

40441

40442

40641

40642

41041 41241

41042 41242

40443

40444

40643

40644

41043 41243

41044 41244

40445

40446

40447

40450

40645

40646

40647

40650

41045

41046

41047

41050

41245

41246

41247

41250

41415

41416

41417

41420

41421

41422

41423

41424

41425

41426

41427

41430

41431

41432

41433

41434

41435

41436

41437

41440

41441

41442

41443

41444

41615

41616

41617

41620

41621

41622

41623

41624

41625

41626

41627

41630

41631

41632

41633

41634

41635

41636

41637

31640

31641

31642

31643

31644

41445

41446

31645

31646

41447

41450

41647

41650

7B

8A

8B

9A

9B

B-1

B-2

B-3

B-4

B-5

10A B-6

10B B-7

40051

40052

40053

40251

40252

40253

40054 40254

40055 40255

40056 40256

40057 40257

40451

40452

40651

40652

41051 41251

41052 41252

40453 40653 41053 41253

40454

40455

40456

40457

40654

40655

40656

40657

41054

41055

41056

41057

41254

41255

41256

41257

41451

41452

41651

41652

41453 41653

41454

41455

41456

41457

41654

41655

41656

41657

11A C-0

11B C-1

40060 40260

40061 40261

12A C-2

12B C-3

40062 40262

40063 40263

13A C-4

13B C-5

40064 40264

40065 40265

14A C-6

14B C-7

40066 40266

40067 40267

15A D-0

15B D-1

40070 40270

40071 40271

16A D-2

16B D-3

40072 40272

40073 40273

17A D-4

17B D-5

40074 40274

40075 40275

18A D-6

18B D-7

40076 40276

40077 40277

40460

40461

40660

40661

41060 41260

41061 41261

40462

40463

40662

40663

41062 41262

41063 41263

40464

40465

40664

40665

41064 41264

41065 41265

40466

40467

40666

40667

41066 41266

41067 41267

40470

40471

40670

40671

41070 41270

41071 41271

40472

40473

40672

40673

41072 41272

41073 41273

40474

40475

40674

40675

41074 41274

41075 41275

40476

40477

40676

40677

41076 41276

41077 41277

41460

41461

41660

41661

41462

41463

41662

41663

41464

41465

41664

41665

41466

41467

41666

41667

41470

41471

41670

41671

41472

41473

41672

41673

41474

41475

41674

41675

41476

41477

41676

41677

※ Signal name

A-3

JW30H User's Manual Hardware version 2.3

Sharp Programmable Controller

Model name

New Satellite

User's Manual-Hardware version

Safety precautions

Table of contents

Chapter 1. Overview

Chapter 2. Safety precautions

Chapter 3. System configuration

3-1 Basic system configuration

3-2 System configuration using communication

3-3 System design procedure

3-4 Cautions on system design

Chapter 4. Name and function of each part

4-1 Control module (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/

33CUH3)

4-2 Power supply module

4-3 Input/output module

4-4 Basic/expansion rack panel

4-5 I/O bus expansion adapter

Chapter 5. Installation

5-1 Precautions in installation

5-2 Installation of basic/expansion rack panel

5-3 Installation of power supply module

5-4 Installation of control module

○ ×

5-5 Installation of I/O

module

○

×

5-6 Installation of I/O bus expansion adapter

Chapter 6. Wiring

6-1 Precaution for wiring

6-2 Wiring for power supply module

6-3 Wiring for I/O module

6-4 Wiring for basic/expansion rack panel

Chapter 7. Directions for use

7-1 Current consumption of module

7-2 Allocation of the relay number

7-3 Data memory for special I/O, I/O link, and option module

7-4 Precautions for operating I/O module

7-5 Communication port

(JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3)

7-6 ROM operation

Chapter 8. Trial run

8-1 Check points prior to trial run

8-2 Operation method for trial run

Chapter 9. Maintenance and check

9-1 Periodical check

9-2 Exchange method of batteries

9-3 Self-diagnosis function

9-4 Troubleshooting

Chapter 10. Support tool

10-1 Kinds of support tool

10-2 Directions of use support tool

Chapter 11. Specifications

11-1 General specifications

11-2 System specifications

11-3 Performance specifications

11-4 Specifications of I/O module

11-5 Specifications of power supply module

11-6 Specifications of I/O bus expansion adapter

11-7 Specifications of rack panel

11-8 Specifications of expansion rack panel

11-9 Outline dimension drawings (unit:mm)

11-10 Accessories

Appendix

Related manuals

Sharp

JW-21MN

Sharp

JW-20FLT

Sharp

JW-50FL

Sharp

JW-20RS

Sharp

PC-9800T

Sharp